mirror of
https://sourceware.org/git/binutils-gdb.git
synced 2024-12-27 04:52:05 +08:00
ccf20d460f
X32 TLSDESC sequences can be: 40 8d 05 00 00 00 00 rex lea foo@TLSDESC(%rip), %reg ... 67 ff 10 call *foo@TLSCALL(%eax) or the same sequence as LP64: 48 8d 05 00 00 00 00 lea foo@TLSDESC(%rip), %reg ... ff 10 call *foo@TLSCALL(%rax) We need to support both sequences for x32. For both GDesc -> IE/LE transitions, 67 ff 10 call *foo@TLSCALL(%eax) should relaxed to 0f 1f 00 nopl (%rax) For GDesc -> LE transition, 40 8d 05 00 00 00 00 rex lea foo@TLSDESC(%rip), %reg should relaxed to 40 c7 c0 fc ff ff ff rex movl $foo@tpoff, %reg For GDesc -> IE transition, 40 8d 05 00 00 00 00 rex lea foo@TLSDESC(%rip), %reg should relaxed to 40 8b 05 00 00 00 00 rex movl foo@gottpoff(%rip), %eax PR gold/25426 * x86_64.cc (Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_desc_gd_to_ie): For x32, relax "rex leal foo@tlsdesc(%rip), %reg" to "rex movl foo@gottpoff(%rip), %eax" and relax ""call *(%eax)" to "nopl (%rax)". (Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_desc_gd_to_le): For x32, relax "rex leal foo@tlsdesc(%rip), %reg" to "rex movl foo@tpoff, %eax" and relax "call *foo@tlscall(%eax)" to "nopl (%rax)". * testsuite/Makefile.am (tls_test_gnu2.o): Depend on gcctestdir/as. (tls_test_file2_gnu2.o): Likewise. (tls_test_c_gnu2.o): Likewise. * testsuite/Makefile.in: Regenerated.
6491 lines
205 KiB
C++
6491 lines
205 KiB
C++
// x86_64.cc -- x86_64 target support for gold.
|
|
|
|
// Copyright (C) 2006-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
// Written by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
|
|
|
|
// This file is part of gold.
|
|
|
|
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
|
// (at your option) any later version.
|
|
|
|
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|
// GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
// Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
|
// MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
|
|
|
#include "gold.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <cstring>
|
|
|
|
#include "elfcpp.h"
|
|
#include "dwarf.h"
|
|
#include "parameters.h"
|
|
#include "reloc.h"
|
|
#include "x86_64.h"
|
|
#include "object.h"
|
|
#include "symtab.h"
|
|
#include "layout.h"
|
|
#include "output.h"
|
|
#include "copy-relocs.h"
|
|
#include "target.h"
|
|
#include "target-reloc.h"
|
|
#include "target-select.h"
|
|
#include "tls.h"
|
|
#include "freebsd.h"
|
|
#include "nacl.h"
|
|
#include "gc.h"
|
|
#include "icf.h"
|
|
|
|
namespace
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
using namespace gold;
|
|
|
|
// A class to handle the .got.plt section.
|
|
|
|
class Output_data_got_plt_x86_64 : public Output_section_data_build
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64(Layout* layout)
|
|
: Output_section_data_build(8),
|
|
layout_(layout)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64(Layout* layout, off_t data_size)
|
|
: Output_section_data_build(data_size, 8),
|
|
layout_(layout)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
// Write out the PLT data.
|
|
void
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
|
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
|
void
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, "** GOT PLT"); }
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
// A pointer to the Layout class, so that we can find the .dynamic
|
|
// section when we write out the GOT PLT section.
|
|
Layout* layout_;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// A class to handle the PLT data.
|
|
// This is an abstract base class that handles most of the linker details
|
|
// but does not know the actual contents of PLT entries. The derived
|
|
// classes below fill in those details.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
class Output_data_plt_x86_64 : public Output_section_data
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, true, size, false> Reloc_section;
|
|
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64(Layout* layout, uint64_t addralign,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative)
|
|
: Output_section_data(addralign), tlsdesc_rel_(NULL),
|
|
irelative_rel_(NULL), got_(got), got_plt_(got_plt),
|
|
got_irelative_(got_irelative), count_(0), irelative_count_(0),
|
|
tlsdesc_got_offset_(-1U), free_list_()
|
|
{ this->init(layout); }
|
|
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64(Layout* layout, uint64_t plt_entry_size,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
: Output_section_data((plt_count + 1) * plt_entry_size,
|
|
plt_entry_size, false),
|
|
tlsdesc_rel_(NULL), irelative_rel_(NULL), got_(got),
|
|
got_plt_(got_plt), got_irelative_(got_irelative), count_(plt_count),
|
|
irelative_count_(0), tlsdesc_got_offset_(-1U), free_list_()
|
|
{
|
|
this->init(layout);
|
|
|
|
// Initialize the free list and reserve the first entry.
|
|
this->free_list_.init((plt_count + 1) * plt_entry_size, false);
|
|
this->free_list_.remove(0, plt_entry_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Initialize the PLT section.
|
|
void
|
|
init(Layout* layout);
|
|
|
|
// Add an entry to the PLT.
|
|
void
|
|
add_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Symbol* gsym);
|
|
|
|
// Add an entry to the PLT for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
add_local_ifunc_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout*,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* relobj,
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index);
|
|
|
|
// Add the relocation for a PLT entry.
|
|
void
|
|
add_relocation(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Symbol* gsym,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset);
|
|
|
|
// Add the reserved TLSDESC_PLT entry to the PLT.
|
|
void
|
|
reserve_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned int got_offset)
|
|
{ this->tlsdesc_got_offset_ = got_offset; }
|
|
|
|
// Return true if a TLSDESC_PLT entry has been reserved.
|
|
bool
|
|
has_tlsdesc_entry() const
|
|
{ return this->tlsdesc_got_offset_ != -1U; }
|
|
|
|
// Return the GOT offset for the reserved TLSDESC_PLT entry.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
get_tlsdesc_got_offset() const
|
|
{ return this->tlsdesc_got_offset_; }
|
|
|
|
// Return the offset of the reserved TLSDESC_PLT entry.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
get_tlsdesc_plt_offset() const
|
|
{
|
|
return ((this->count_ + this->irelative_count_ + 1)
|
|
* this->get_plt_entry_size());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the .rela.plt section data.
|
|
Reloc_section*
|
|
rela_plt()
|
|
{ return this->rel_; }
|
|
|
|
// Return where the TLSDESC relocations should go.
|
|
Reloc_section*
|
|
rela_tlsdesc(Layout*);
|
|
|
|
// Return where the IRELATIVE relocations should go in the PLT
|
|
// relocations.
|
|
Reloc_section*
|
|
rela_irelative(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
|
|
|
|
// Return whether we created a section for IRELATIVE relocations.
|
|
bool
|
|
has_irelative_section() const
|
|
{ return this->irelative_rel_ != NULL; }
|
|
|
|
// Get count of regular PLT entries.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
regular_count() const
|
|
{ return this->count_; }
|
|
|
|
// Return the total number of PLT entries.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
entry_count() const
|
|
{ return this->count_ + this->irelative_count_; }
|
|
|
|
// Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
first_plt_entry_offset()
|
|
{ return this->get_plt_entry_size(); }
|
|
|
|
// Return the size of a PLT entry.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
get_plt_entry_size() const
|
|
{ return this->do_get_plt_entry_size(); }
|
|
|
|
// Reserve a slot in the PLT for an existing symbol in an incremental update.
|
|
void
|
|
reserve_slot(unsigned int plt_index)
|
|
{
|
|
this->free_list_.remove((plt_index + 1) * this->get_plt_entry_size(),
|
|
(plt_index + 2) * this->get_plt_entry_size());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
address_for_global(const Symbol* sym)
|
|
{ return do_address_for_global(sym); }
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
address_for_local(const Relobj* obj, unsigned int symndx)
|
|
{ return do_address_for_local(obj, symndx); }
|
|
|
|
// Add .eh_frame information for the PLT.
|
|
void
|
|
add_eh_frame(Layout* layout)
|
|
{ this->do_add_eh_frame(layout); }
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>*
|
|
got() const
|
|
{ return this->got_; }
|
|
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64*
|
|
got_plt() const
|
|
{ return this->got_plt_; }
|
|
|
|
Output_data_space*
|
|
got_irelative() const
|
|
{ return this->got_irelative_; }
|
|
|
|
// Fill in the first PLT entry.
|
|
void
|
|
fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address)
|
|
{ this->do_fill_first_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address); }
|
|
|
|
// Fill in a normal PLT entry. Returns the offset into the entry that
|
|
// should be the initial GOT slot value.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index)
|
|
{
|
|
return this->do_fill_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address,
|
|
got_offset, plt_offset, plt_index);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fill in the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry.
|
|
void
|
|
fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset)
|
|
{
|
|
this->do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_base,
|
|
tlsdesc_got_offset, plt_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_get_plt_entry_size() const = 0;
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_addr,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_addr)
|
|
= 0;
|
|
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index) = 0;
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset) = 0;
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol.
|
|
virtual uint64_t
|
|
do_address_for_global(const Symbol* sym);
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol.
|
|
virtual uint64_t
|
|
do_address_for_local(const Relobj* obj, unsigned int symndx);
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout) = 0;
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os);
|
|
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
|
void
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
|
|
|
|
// The CIE of the .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT.
|
|
static const int plt_eh_frame_cie_size = 16;
|
|
static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_cie[plt_eh_frame_cie_size];
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
// Set the final size.
|
|
void
|
|
set_final_data_size();
|
|
|
|
// Write out the PLT data.
|
|
void
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
|
|
|
// The reloc section.
|
|
Reloc_section* rel_;
|
|
// The TLSDESC relocs, if necessary. These must follow the regular
|
|
// PLT relocs.
|
|
Reloc_section* tlsdesc_rel_;
|
|
// The IRELATIVE relocs, if necessary. These must follow the
|
|
// regular PLT relocations and the TLSDESC relocations.
|
|
Reloc_section* irelative_rel_;
|
|
// The .got section.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got_;
|
|
// The .got.plt section.
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt_;
|
|
// The part of the .got.plt section used for IRELATIVE relocs.
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative_;
|
|
// The number of PLT entries.
|
|
unsigned int count_;
|
|
// Number of PLT entries with R_X86_64_IRELATIVE relocs. These
|
|
// follow the regular PLT entries.
|
|
unsigned int irelative_count_;
|
|
// Offset of the reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry when needed.
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset_;
|
|
// List of available regions within the section, for incremental
|
|
// update links.
|
|
Free_list free_list_;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
class Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard : public Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative)
|
|
: Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size,
|
|
got, got_plt, got_irelative)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
: Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size,
|
|
got, got_plt, got_irelative,
|
|
plt_count)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_get_plt_entry_size() const
|
|
{ return plt_entry_size; }
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
layout->add_eh_frame_for_plt(this,
|
|
this->plt_eh_frame_cie,
|
|
this->plt_eh_frame_cie_size,
|
|
plt_eh_frame_fde,
|
|
plt_eh_frame_fde_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_addr,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_addr);
|
|
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index);
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset);
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
// The size of an entry in the PLT.
|
|
static const int plt_entry_size = 16;
|
|
|
|
// The first entry in the PLT.
|
|
// From the AMD64 ABI: "Unlike Intel386 ABI, this ABI uses the same
|
|
// procedure linkage table for both programs and shared objects."
|
|
static const unsigned char first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// Other entries in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
static const unsigned char plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
static const unsigned char tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT.
|
|
static const int plt_eh_frame_fde_size = 32;
|
|
static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
class Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd : public Output_data_plt_x86_64<64>
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative)
|
|
: Output_data_plt_x86_64<64>(layout, plt_entry_size,
|
|
got, got_plt, got_irelative),
|
|
aplt_offset_(0)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
: Output_data_plt_x86_64<64>(layout, plt_entry_size,
|
|
got, got_plt, got_irelative,
|
|
plt_count),
|
|
aplt_offset_(0)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_get_plt_entry_size() const
|
|
{ return plt_entry_size; }
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
do_address_for_global(const Symbol*);
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
do_address_for_local(const Relobj*, unsigned int symndx);
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
layout->add_eh_frame_for_plt(this,
|
|
this->plt_eh_frame_cie,
|
|
this->plt_eh_frame_cie_size,
|
|
plt_eh_frame_fde,
|
|
plt_eh_frame_fde_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_addr,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_addr);
|
|
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index);
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset);
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
fill_aplt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index);
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
// Set the final size.
|
|
void
|
|
set_final_data_size();
|
|
|
|
// Write out the BND PLT data.
|
|
void
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
|
|
|
// Offset of the Additional PLT (if using -z bndplt).
|
|
unsigned int aplt_offset_;
|
|
|
|
// The size of an entry in the PLT.
|
|
static const int plt_entry_size = 16;
|
|
|
|
// The size of an entry in the additional PLT.
|
|
static const int aplt_entry_size = 8;
|
|
|
|
// The first entry in the PLT.
|
|
// From the AMD64 ABI: "Unlike Intel386 ABI, this ABI uses the same
|
|
// procedure linkage table for both programs and shared objects."
|
|
static const unsigned char first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// Other entries in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
static const unsigned char plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// Entries in the additional PLT.
|
|
static const unsigned char aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
static const unsigned char tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT.
|
|
static const int plt_eh_frame_fde_size = 32;
|
|
static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// We use this PLT when Indirect Branch Tracking (IBT) is enabled.
|
|
|
|
template <int size>
|
|
class Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt : public Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative)
|
|
: Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size,
|
|
got, got_plt, got_irelative),
|
|
aplt_offset_(0)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
: Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size,
|
|
got, got_plt, got_irelative,
|
|
plt_count),
|
|
aplt_offset_(0)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_get_plt_entry_size() const
|
|
{ return plt_entry_size; }
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
do_address_for_global(const Symbol*);
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
do_address_for_local(const Relobj*, unsigned int symndx);
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
layout->add_eh_frame_for_plt(this,
|
|
this->plt_eh_frame_cie,
|
|
this->plt_eh_frame_cie_size,
|
|
plt_eh_frame_fde,
|
|
plt_eh_frame_fde_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_addr,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_addr);
|
|
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index);
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset);
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
fill_aplt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index);
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
// Set the final size.
|
|
void
|
|
set_final_data_size();
|
|
|
|
// Write out the BND PLT data.
|
|
void
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
|
|
|
// Offset of the Additional PLT (if using -z bndplt).
|
|
unsigned int aplt_offset_;
|
|
|
|
// The size of an entry in the PLT.
|
|
static const int plt_entry_size = 16;
|
|
|
|
// The size of an entry in the additional PLT.
|
|
static const int aplt_entry_size = 16;
|
|
|
|
// The first entry in the PLT.
|
|
// From the AMD64 ABI: "Unlike Intel386 ABI, this ABI uses the same
|
|
// procedure linkage table for both programs and shared objects."
|
|
static const unsigned char first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// Other entries in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
static const unsigned char plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// Entries in the additional PLT.
|
|
static const unsigned char aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
static const unsigned char tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT.
|
|
static const int plt_eh_frame_fde_size = 32;
|
|
static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
class Lazy_view
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Lazy_view(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, unsigned int data_shndx)
|
|
: object_(object), data_shndx_(data_shndx), view_(NULL), view_size_(0)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
inline unsigned char
|
|
operator[](size_t offset)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->view_ == NULL)
|
|
this->view_ = this->object_->section_contents(this->data_shndx_,
|
|
&this->view_size_,
|
|
true);
|
|
if (offset >= this->view_size_)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return this->view_[offset];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object_;
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx_;
|
|
const unsigned char* view_;
|
|
section_size_type view_size_;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// The x86_64 target class.
|
|
// See the ABI at
|
|
// http://www.x86-64.org/documentation/abi.pdf
|
|
// TLS info comes from
|
|
// http://people.redhat.com/drepper/tls.pdf
|
|
// http://www.lsd.ic.unicamp.br/~oliva/writeups/TLS/RFC-TLSDESC-x86.txt
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
class Target_x86_64 : public Sized_target<size, false>
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
// In the x86_64 ABI (p 68), it says "The AMD64 ABI architectures
|
|
// uses only Elf64_Rela relocation entries with explicit addends."
|
|
typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, true, size, false> Reloc_section;
|
|
|
|
Target_x86_64(const Target::Target_info* info = &x86_64_info)
|
|
: Sized_target<size, false>(info),
|
|
got_(NULL), plt_(NULL), got_plt_(NULL), got_irelative_(NULL),
|
|
got_tlsdesc_(NULL), global_offset_table_(NULL), rela_dyn_(NULL),
|
|
rela_irelative_(NULL), copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY),
|
|
got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tlsdesc_reloc_info_(),
|
|
tls_base_symbol_defined_(false), isa_1_used_(0), isa_1_needed_(0),
|
|
feature_1_(0), object_isa_1_used_(0), object_feature_1_(0),
|
|
seen_first_object_(false)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
// Hook for a new output section.
|
|
void
|
|
do_new_output_section(Output_section*) const;
|
|
|
|
// Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
|
|
void
|
|
gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
size_t local_symbol_count,
|
|
const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
|
|
|
|
// Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
|
|
void
|
|
scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
size_t local_symbol_count,
|
|
const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
|
|
|
|
// Finalize the sections.
|
|
void
|
|
do_finalize_sections(Layout*, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*);
|
|
|
|
// Return the value to use for a dynamic which requires special
|
|
// treatment.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
do_dynsym_value(const Symbol*) const;
|
|
|
|
// Relocate a section.
|
|
void
|
|
relocate_section(const Relocate_info<size, false>*,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr view_address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size,
|
|
const Reloc_symbol_changes*);
|
|
|
|
// Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
|
|
void
|
|
scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
size_t local_symbol_count,
|
|
const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
|
|
Relocatable_relocs*);
|
|
|
|
// Scan the relocs for --emit-relocs.
|
|
void
|
|
emit_relocs_scan(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
size_t local_symbol_count,
|
|
const unsigned char* plocal_syms,
|
|
Relocatable_relocs* rr);
|
|
|
|
// Emit relocations for a section.
|
|
void
|
|
relocate_relocs(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>*,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr view_address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size,
|
|
unsigned char* reloc_view,
|
|
section_size_type reloc_view_size);
|
|
|
|
// Return a string used to fill a code section with nops.
|
|
std::string
|
|
do_code_fill(section_size_type length) const;
|
|
|
|
// Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
|
|
bool
|
|
do_is_defined_by_abi(const Symbol* sym) const
|
|
{ return strcmp(sym->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
|
|
|
|
// Return the symbol index to use for a target specific relocation.
|
|
// The only target specific relocation is R_X86_64_TLSDESC for a
|
|
// local symbol, which is an absolute reloc.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
do_reloc_symbol_index(void*, unsigned int r_type) const
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the addend to use for a target specific relocation.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
do_reloc_addend(void* arg, unsigned int r_type, uint64_t addend) const;
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT section.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
do_plt_address_for_global(const Symbol* gsym) const
|
|
{ return this->plt_section()->address_for_global(gsym); }
|
|
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
do_plt_address_for_local(const Relobj* relobj, unsigned int symndx) const
|
|
{ return this->plt_section()->address_for_local(relobj, symndx); }
|
|
|
|
// This function should be defined in targets that can use relocation
|
|
// types to determine (implemented in local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer
|
|
// and global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer)
|
|
// if a function's pointer is taken. ICF uses this in safe mode to only
|
|
// fold those functions whose pointer is defintely not taken. For x86_64
|
|
// pie binaries, safe ICF cannot be done by looking at only relocation
|
|
// types, and for certain cases (e.g. R_X86_64_PC32), the instruction
|
|
// opcode is checked as well to distinguish a function call from taking
|
|
// a function's pointer.
|
|
bool
|
|
do_can_check_for_function_pointers() const
|
|
{ return true; }
|
|
|
|
// Return the base for a DW_EH_PE_datarel encoding.
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
do_ehframe_datarel_base() const;
|
|
|
|
// Adjust -fsplit-stack code which calls non-split-stack code.
|
|
void
|
|
do_calls_non_split(Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
|
|
section_offset_type fnoffset, section_size_type fnsize,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs, size_t reloc_count,
|
|
unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size,
|
|
std::string* from, std::string* to) const;
|
|
|
|
// Return the size of the GOT section.
|
|
section_size_type
|
|
got_size() const
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(this->got_ != NULL);
|
|
return this->got_->data_size();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the number of entries in the GOT.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
got_entry_count() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->got_ == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return this->got_size() / 8;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the number of entries in the PLT.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
plt_entry_count() const;
|
|
|
|
// Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
first_plt_entry_offset() const;
|
|
|
|
// Return the size of each PLT entry.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
plt_entry_size() const;
|
|
|
|
// Return the size of each GOT entry.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
got_entry_size() const
|
|
{ return 8; };
|
|
|
|
// Create the GOT section for an incremental update.
|
|
Output_data_got_base*
|
|
init_got_plt_for_update(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
unsigned int got_count,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count);
|
|
|
|
// Reserve a GOT entry for a local symbol, and regenerate any
|
|
// necessary dynamic relocations.
|
|
void
|
|
reserve_local_got_entry(unsigned int got_index,
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, false>* obj,
|
|
unsigned int r_sym,
|
|
unsigned int got_type);
|
|
|
|
// Reserve a GOT entry for a global symbol, and regenerate any
|
|
// necessary dynamic relocations.
|
|
void
|
|
reserve_global_got_entry(unsigned int got_index, Symbol* gsym,
|
|
unsigned int got_type);
|
|
|
|
// Register an existing PLT entry for a global symbol.
|
|
void
|
|
register_global_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, unsigned int plt_index,
|
|
Symbol* gsym);
|
|
|
|
// Force a COPY relocation for a given symbol.
|
|
void
|
|
emit_copy_reloc(Symbol_table*, Symbol*, Output_section*, off_t);
|
|
|
|
// Apply an incremental relocation.
|
|
void
|
|
apply_relocation(const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr r_offset,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Swxword r_addend,
|
|
const Symbol* gsym,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size);
|
|
|
|
// Add a new reloc argument, returning the index in the vector.
|
|
size_t
|
|
add_tlsdesc_info(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object, unsigned int r_sym)
|
|
{
|
|
this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_.push_back(Tlsdesc_info(object, r_sym));
|
|
return this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_.size() - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>*
|
|
make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative)
|
|
{
|
|
return this->do_make_data_plt(layout, got, got_plt, got_irelative);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>*
|
|
make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
{
|
|
return this->do_make_data_plt(layout, got, got_plt, got_irelative,
|
|
plt_count);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>*
|
|
do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative);
|
|
|
|
virtual Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>*
|
|
do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count);
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
// The class which scans relocations.
|
|
class Scan
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Scan()
|
|
: issued_non_pic_error_(false)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
static inline int
|
|
get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type);
|
|
|
|
inline void
|
|
local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_x86_64* target,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
const elfcpp::Sym<size, false>& lsym,
|
|
bool is_discarded);
|
|
|
|
inline void
|
|
global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_x86_64* target,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
Symbol* gsym);
|
|
|
|
inline bool
|
|
local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
|
|
Target_x86_64* target,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
const elfcpp::Sym<size, false>& lsym);
|
|
|
|
inline bool
|
|
global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
|
|
Target_x86_64* target,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
Symbol* gsym);
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
static void
|
|
unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>*,
|
|
unsigned int r_type);
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>*,
|
|
unsigned int r_type, Symbol*);
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
check_non_pic(Relobj*, unsigned int r_type, Symbol*);
|
|
|
|
inline bool
|
|
possible_function_pointer_reloc(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* src_obj,
|
|
unsigned int src_indx,
|
|
unsigned int r_offset,
|
|
unsigned int r_type);
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>*,
|
|
unsigned int r_type);
|
|
|
|
// Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
|
|
bool issued_non_pic_error_;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// The class which implements relocation.
|
|
class Relocate
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Relocate()
|
|
: skip_call_tls_get_addr_(false)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
~Relocate()
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_)
|
|
{
|
|
// FIXME: This needs to specify the location somehow.
|
|
gold_error(_("missing expected TLS relocation"));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
|
|
// any warnings about this relocation.
|
|
inline bool
|
|
relocate(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, unsigned int,
|
|
Target_x86_64*, Output_section*, size_t, const unsigned char*,
|
|
const Sized_symbol<size>*, const Symbol_value<size>*,
|
|
unsigned char*, typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr,
|
|
section_size_type);
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
// Do a TLS relocation.
|
|
inline void
|
|
relocate_tls(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, Target_x86_64*,
|
|
size_t relnum, const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&,
|
|
unsigned int r_type, const Sized_symbol<size>*,
|
|
const Symbol_value<size>*,
|
|
unsigned char*, typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr,
|
|
section_size_type);
|
|
|
|
// Do a TLS General-Dynamic to Initial-Exec transition.
|
|
inline void
|
|
tls_gd_to_ie(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr,
|
|
section_size_type view_size);
|
|
|
|
// Do a TLS General-Dynamic to Local-Exec transition.
|
|
inline void
|
|
tls_gd_to_le(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum,
|
|
Output_segment* tls_segment,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
section_size_type view_size);
|
|
|
|
// Do a TLSDESC-style General-Dynamic to Initial-Exec transition.
|
|
inline void
|
|
tls_desc_gd_to_ie(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr,
|
|
section_size_type view_size);
|
|
|
|
// Do a TLSDESC-style General-Dynamic to Local-Exec transition.
|
|
inline void
|
|
tls_desc_gd_to_le(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum,
|
|
Output_segment* tls_segment,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
section_size_type view_size);
|
|
|
|
// Do a TLS Local-Dynamic to Local-Exec transition.
|
|
inline void
|
|
tls_ld_to_le(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum,
|
|
Output_segment* tls_segment,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
section_size_type view_size);
|
|
|
|
// Do a TLS Initial-Exec to Local-Exec transition.
|
|
static inline void
|
|
tls_ie_to_le(const Relocate_info<size, false>*, size_t relnum,
|
|
Output_segment* tls_segment,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>&, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
section_size_type view_size);
|
|
|
|
// This is set if we should skip the next reloc, which should be a
|
|
// PLT32 reloc against ___tls_get_addr.
|
|
bool skip_call_tls_get_addr_;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Check if relocation against this symbol is a candidate for
|
|
// conversion from
|
|
// mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg
|
|
// to lea foo(%rip), %reg.
|
|
template<class View_type>
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
can_convert_mov_to_lea(const Symbol* gsym, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
size_t r_offset, View_type* view)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
|
|
// We cannot do the conversion unless it's one of these relocations.
|
|
if (r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL
|
|
&& r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX
|
|
&& r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX)
|
|
return false;
|
|
// We cannot convert references to IFUNC symbols, or to symbols that
|
|
// are not local to the current module.
|
|
// We can't do predefined symbols because they may become undefined
|
|
// (e.g., __ehdr_start when the headers aren't mapped to a segment).
|
|
if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
|| gsym->is_undefined()
|
|
|| gsym->is_predefined()
|
|
|| gsym->is_from_dynobj()
|
|
|| gsym->is_preemptible())
|
|
return false;
|
|
// If we are building a shared object and the symbol is protected, we may
|
|
// need to go through the GOT.
|
|
if (parameters->options().shared()
|
|
&& gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED)
|
|
return false;
|
|
// We cannot convert references to the _DYNAMIC symbol.
|
|
if (strcmp(gsym->name(), "_DYNAMIC") == 0)
|
|
return false;
|
|
// Check for a MOV opcode.
|
|
return (*view)[r_offset - 2] == 0x8b;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Convert
|
|
// callq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to
|
|
// addr32 callq foo
|
|
// and jmpq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to
|
|
// jmpq foo
|
|
// nop
|
|
template<class View_type>
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
can_convert_callq_to_direct(const Symbol* gsym, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
size_t r_offset, View_type* view)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
|
|
// We cannot do the conversion unless it's a GOTPCRELX relocation.
|
|
if (r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX)
|
|
return false;
|
|
// We cannot convert references to IFUNC symbols, or to symbols that
|
|
// are not local to the current module.
|
|
if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
|| gsym->is_undefined ()
|
|
|| gsym->is_from_dynobj()
|
|
|| gsym->is_preemptible())
|
|
return false;
|
|
// Check for a CALLQ or JMPQ opcode.
|
|
return ((*view)[r_offset - 2] == 0xff
|
|
&& ((*view)[r_offset - 1] == 0x15
|
|
|| (*view)[r_offset - 1] == 0x25));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
|
|
// is a local symbol.
|
|
static tls::Tls_optimization
|
|
optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final, int r_type);
|
|
|
|
// Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>*
|
|
got_section(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
|
|
|
|
// Get the GOT PLT section.
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64*
|
|
got_plt_section() const
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(this->got_plt_ != NULL);
|
|
return this->got_plt_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the GOT section for TLSDESC entries.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>*
|
|
got_tlsdesc_section() const
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(this->got_tlsdesc_ != NULL);
|
|
return this->got_tlsdesc_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Create the PLT section.
|
|
void
|
|
make_plt_section(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout);
|
|
|
|
// Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
|
|
void
|
|
make_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Symbol*);
|
|
|
|
// Create a PLT entry for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.
|
|
void
|
|
make_local_ifunc_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* relobj,
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index);
|
|
|
|
// Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
|
|
void
|
|
define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
|
|
|
|
// Create the reserved PLT and GOT entries for the TLS descriptor resolver.
|
|
void
|
|
reserve_tlsdesc_entries(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout);
|
|
|
|
// Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object);
|
|
|
|
// Get the PLT section.
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>*
|
|
plt_section() const
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(this->plt_ != NULL);
|
|
return this->plt_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
|
|
Reloc_section*
|
|
rela_dyn_section(Layout*);
|
|
|
|
// Get the section to use for TLSDESC relocations.
|
|
Reloc_section*
|
|
rela_tlsdesc_section(Layout*) const;
|
|
|
|
// Get the section to use for IRELATIVE relocations.
|
|
Reloc_section*
|
|
rela_irelative_section(Layout*);
|
|
|
|
// Add a potential copy relocation.
|
|
void
|
|
copy_reloc(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Output_section* output_section,
|
|
Symbol* sym, const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<size>(reloc.get_r_info());
|
|
this->copy_relocs_.copy_reloc(symtab, layout,
|
|
symtab->get_sized_symbol<size>(sym),
|
|
object, shndx, output_section,
|
|
r_type, reloc.get_r_offset(),
|
|
reloc.get_r_addend(),
|
|
this->rela_dyn_section(layout));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Record a target-specific program property in the .note.gnu.property
|
|
// section.
|
|
void
|
|
record_gnu_property(unsigned int, unsigned int, size_t,
|
|
const unsigned char*, const Object*);
|
|
|
|
// Merge the target-specific program properties from the current object.
|
|
void
|
|
merge_gnu_properties(const Object*);
|
|
|
|
// Finalize the target-specific program properties and add them back to
|
|
// the layout.
|
|
void
|
|
do_finalize_gnu_properties(Layout*) const;
|
|
|
|
// Information about this specific target which we pass to the
|
|
// general Target structure.
|
|
static const Target::Target_info x86_64_info;
|
|
|
|
// The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
|
|
// These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
|
|
// Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
|
|
// number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
|
|
enum Got_type
|
|
{
|
|
GOT_TYPE_STANDARD = 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
|
|
GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET = 1, // GOT entry for TLS offset
|
|
GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR = 2, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
|
|
GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC = 3 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// This type is used as the argument to the target specific
|
|
// relocation routines. The only target specific reloc is
|
|
// R_X86_64_TLSDESC against a local symbol.
|
|
struct Tlsdesc_info
|
|
{
|
|
Tlsdesc_info(Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* a_object, unsigned int a_r_sym)
|
|
: object(a_object), r_sym(a_r_sym)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
// The object in which the local symbol is defined.
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object;
|
|
// The local symbol index in the object.
|
|
unsigned int r_sym;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// The GOT section.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got_;
|
|
// The PLT section.
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>* plt_;
|
|
// The GOT PLT section.
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt_;
|
|
// The GOT section for IRELATIVE relocations.
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative_;
|
|
// The GOT section for TLSDESC relocations.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got_tlsdesc_;
|
|
// The _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.
|
|
Symbol* global_offset_table_;
|
|
// The dynamic reloc section.
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn_;
|
|
// The section to use for IRELATIVE relocs.
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_irelative_;
|
|
// Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
|
|
Copy_relocs<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false> copy_relocs_;
|
|
// Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
|
|
unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_;
|
|
// We handle R_X86_64_TLSDESC against a local symbol as a target
|
|
// specific relocation. Here we store the object and local symbol
|
|
// index for the relocation.
|
|
std::vector<Tlsdesc_info> tlsdesc_reloc_info_;
|
|
// True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
|
|
bool tls_base_symbol_defined_;
|
|
// Target-specific program properties, from .note.gnu.property section.
|
|
// Each bit represents a specific feature.
|
|
uint32_t isa_1_used_;
|
|
uint32_t isa_1_needed_;
|
|
uint32_t feature_1_;
|
|
// Target-specific properties from the current object.
|
|
// These bits get ORed into ISA_1_USED_ after all properties for the object
|
|
// have been processed. But if either is all zeroes (as when the property
|
|
// is absent from an object), the result should be all zeroes.
|
|
// (See PR ld/23486.)
|
|
uint32_t object_isa_1_used_;
|
|
// These bits get ANDed into FEATURE_1_ after all properties for the object
|
|
// have been processed.
|
|
uint32_t object_feature_1_;
|
|
// Whether we have seen our first object, for use in initializing FEATURE_1_.
|
|
bool seen_first_object_;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const Target::Target_info Target_x86_64<64>::x86_64_info =
|
|
{
|
|
64, // size
|
|
false, // is_big_endian
|
|
elfcpp::EM_X86_64, // machine_code
|
|
false, // has_make_symbol
|
|
false, // has_resolve
|
|
true, // has_code_fill
|
|
true, // is_default_stack_executable
|
|
true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
|
|
'\0', // wrap_char
|
|
"/lib/ld64.so.1", // program interpreter
|
|
0x400000, // default_text_segment_address
|
|
0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
|
|
0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
|
|
false, // isolate_execinstr
|
|
0, // rosegment_gap
|
|
elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx
|
|
elfcpp::SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON, // large_common_shndx
|
|
0, // small_common_section_flags
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE, // large_common_section_flags
|
|
NULL, // attributes_section
|
|
NULL, // attributes_vendor
|
|
"_start", // entry_symbol_name
|
|
32, // hash_entry_size
|
|
elfcpp::SHT_X86_64_UNWIND, // unwind_section_type
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const Target::Target_info Target_x86_64<32>::x86_64_info =
|
|
{
|
|
32, // size
|
|
false, // is_big_endian
|
|
elfcpp::EM_X86_64, // machine_code
|
|
false, // has_make_symbol
|
|
false, // has_resolve
|
|
true, // has_code_fill
|
|
true, // is_default_stack_executable
|
|
true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
|
|
'\0', // wrap_char
|
|
"/libx32/ldx32.so.1", // program interpreter
|
|
0x400000, // default_text_segment_address
|
|
0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
|
|
0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
|
|
false, // isolate_execinstr
|
|
0, // rosegment_gap
|
|
elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx
|
|
elfcpp::SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON, // large_common_shndx
|
|
0, // small_common_section_flags
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE, // large_common_section_flags
|
|
NULL, // attributes_section
|
|
NULL, // attributes_vendor
|
|
"_start", // entry_symbol_name
|
|
32, // hash_entry_size
|
|
elfcpp::SHT_X86_64_UNWIND, // unwind_section_type
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// This is called when a new output section is created. This is where
|
|
// we handle the SHF_X86_64_LARGE.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::do_new_output_section(Output_section* os) const
|
|
{
|
|
if ((os->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE) != 0)
|
|
os->set_is_large_section();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>*
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::got_section(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->got_ == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL);
|
|
|
|
// When using -z now, we can treat .got.plt as a relro section.
|
|
// Without -z now, it is modified after program startup by lazy
|
|
// PLT relocations.
|
|
bool is_got_plt_relro = parameters->options().now();
|
|
Output_section_order got_order = (is_got_plt_relro
|
|
? ORDER_RELRO
|
|
: ORDER_RELRO_LAST);
|
|
Output_section_order got_plt_order = (is_got_plt_relro
|
|
? ORDER_RELRO
|
|
: ORDER_NON_RELRO_FIRST);
|
|
|
|
this->got_ = new Output_data_got<64, false>();
|
|
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
(elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
|
|
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
|
|
this->got_, got_order, true);
|
|
|
|
this->got_plt_ = new Output_data_got_plt_x86_64(layout);
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
(elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
|
|
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
|
|
this->got_plt_, got_plt_order,
|
|
is_got_plt_relro);
|
|
|
|
// The first three entries are reserved.
|
|
this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(3 * 8);
|
|
|
|
if (!is_got_plt_relro)
|
|
{
|
|
// Those bytes can go into the relro segment.
|
|
layout->increase_relro(3 * 8);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
|
|
this->global_offset_table_ =
|
|
symtab->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL,
|
|
Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
|
|
this->got_plt_,
|
|
0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
|
|
elfcpp::STB_LOCAL,
|
|
elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
|
|
false, false);
|
|
|
|
// If there are any IRELATIVE relocations, they get GOT entries
|
|
// in .got.plt after the jump slot entries.
|
|
this->got_irelative_ = new Output_data_space(8, "** GOT IRELATIVE PLT");
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
(elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
|
|
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
|
|
this->got_irelative_,
|
|
got_plt_order, is_got_plt_relro);
|
|
|
|
// If there are any TLSDESC relocations, they get GOT entries in
|
|
// .got.plt after the jump slot and IRELATIVE entries.
|
|
this->got_tlsdesc_ = new Output_data_got<64, false>();
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
(elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
|
|
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
|
|
this->got_tlsdesc_,
|
|
got_plt_order, is_got_plt_relro);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return this->got_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
typename Target_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section*
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::rela_dyn_section(Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->rela_dyn_ == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(layout != NULL);
|
|
this->rela_dyn_ = new Reloc_section(parameters->options().combreloc());
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_RELA,
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rela_dyn_,
|
|
ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS, false);
|
|
}
|
|
return this->rela_dyn_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the section to use for IRELATIVE relocs, creating it if
|
|
// necessary. These go in .rela.dyn, but only after all other dynamic
|
|
// relocations. They need to follow the other dynamic relocations so
|
|
// that they can refer to global variables initialized by those
|
|
// relocs.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
typename Target_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section*
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::rela_irelative_section(Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->rela_irelative_ == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Make sure we have already created the dynamic reloc section.
|
|
this->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
this->rela_irelative_ = new Reloc_section(false);
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_RELA,
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rela_irelative_,
|
|
ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS, false);
|
|
gold_assert(this->rela_dyn_->output_section()
|
|
== this->rela_irelative_->output_section());
|
|
}
|
|
return this->rela_irelative_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Record a target-specific program property from the .note.gnu.property
|
|
// section.
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::record_gnu_property(
|
|
unsigned int, unsigned int pr_type,
|
|
size_t pr_datasz, const unsigned char* pr_data,
|
|
const Object* object)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t val = 0;
|
|
|
|
switch (pr_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED:
|
|
case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED:
|
|
case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND:
|
|
if (pr_datasz != 4)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_warning(_("%s: corrupt .note.gnu.property section "
|
|
"(pr_datasz for property %d is not 4)"),
|
|
object->name().c_str(), pr_type);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
val = elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::readval(pr_data);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_warning(_("%s: unknown program property type 0x%x "
|
|
"in .note.gnu.property section"),
|
|
object->name().c_str(), pr_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (pr_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED:
|
|
this->object_isa_1_used_ |= val;
|
|
break;
|
|
case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED:
|
|
this->isa_1_needed_ |= val;
|
|
break;
|
|
case elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND:
|
|
// If we see multiple feature props in one object, OR them together.
|
|
this->object_feature_1_ |= val;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Merge the target-specific program properties from the current object.
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::merge_gnu_properties(const Object*)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->seen_first_object_)
|
|
{
|
|
// If any object is missing the ISA_1_USED property, we must omit
|
|
// it from the output file.
|
|
if (this->object_isa_1_used_ == 0)
|
|
this->isa_1_used_ = 0;
|
|
else if (this->isa_1_used_ != 0)
|
|
this->isa_1_used_ |= this->object_isa_1_used_;
|
|
this->feature_1_ &= this->object_feature_1_;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
this->isa_1_used_ = this->object_isa_1_used_;
|
|
this->feature_1_ = this->object_feature_1_;
|
|
this->seen_first_object_ = true;
|
|
}
|
|
this->object_isa_1_used_ = 0;
|
|
this->object_feature_1_ = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline void
|
|
add_property(Layout* layout, unsigned int pr_type, uint32_t val)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned char buf[4];
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(buf, val);
|
|
layout->add_gnu_property(elfcpp::NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0, pr_type, 4, buf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Finalize the target-specific program properties and add them back to
|
|
// the layout.
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::do_finalize_gnu_properties(Layout* layout) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->isa_1_used_ != 0)
|
|
add_property(layout, elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED,
|
|
this->isa_1_used_);
|
|
if (this->isa_1_needed_ != 0)
|
|
add_property(layout, elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED,
|
|
this->isa_1_needed_);
|
|
if (this->feature_1_ != 0)
|
|
add_property(layout, elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND,
|
|
this->feature_1_);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Write the first three reserved words of the .got.plt section.
|
|
// The remainder of the section is written while writing the PLT
|
|
// in Output_data_plt_i386::do_write.
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64::do_write(Output_file* of)
|
|
{
|
|
// The first entry in the GOT is the address of the .dynamic section
|
|
// aka the PT_DYNAMIC segment. The next two entries are reserved.
|
|
// We saved space for them when we created the section in
|
|
// Target_x86_64::got_section.
|
|
const off_t got_file_offset = this->offset();
|
|
gold_assert(this->data_size() >= 24);
|
|
unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset, 24);
|
|
Output_section* dynamic = this->layout_->dynamic_section();
|
|
uint64_t dynamic_addr = dynamic == NULL ? 0 : dynamic->address();
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<64, false>::writeval(got_view, dynamic_addr);
|
|
memset(got_view + 8, 0, 16);
|
|
of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, 24, got_view);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Initialize the PLT section.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::init(Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
this->rel_ = new Reloc_section(false);
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.plt", elfcpp::SHT_RELA,
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_,
|
|
ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os)
|
|
{
|
|
os->set_entsize(this->get_plt_entry_size());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add an entry to the PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::add_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
|
|
Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(!gsym->has_plt_offset());
|
|
|
|
unsigned int plt_index;
|
|
off_t plt_offset;
|
|
section_offset_type got_offset;
|
|
|
|
unsigned int* pcount;
|
|
unsigned int offset;
|
|
unsigned int reserved;
|
|
Output_section_data_build* got;
|
|
if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
&& gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
|
|
{
|
|
pcount = &this->irelative_count_;
|
|
offset = 0;
|
|
reserved = 0;
|
|
got = this->got_irelative_;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pcount = &this->count_;
|
|
offset = 1;
|
|
reserved = 3;
|
|
got = this->got_plt_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!this->is_data_size_valid())
|
|
{
|
|
// Note that when setting the PLT offset for a non-IRELATIVE
|
|
// entry we skip the initial reserved PLT entry.
|
|
plt_index = *pcount + offset;
|
|
plt_offset = plt_index * this->get_plt_entry_size();
|
|
|
|
++*pcount;
|
|
|
|
got_offset = (plt_index - offset + reserved) * 8;
|
|
gold_assert(got_offset == got->current_data_size());
|
|
|
|
// Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
|
|
// entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
|
|
// lazily when the function is called).
|
|
got->set_current_data_size(got_offset + 8);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// FIXME: This is probably not correct for IRELATIVE relocs.
|
|
|
|
// For incremental updates, find an available slot.
|
|
plt_offset = this->free_list_.allocate(this->get_plt_entry_size(),
|
|
this->get_plt_entry_size(), 0);
|
|
if (plt_offset == -1)
|
|
gold_fallback(_("out of patch space (PLT);"
|
|
" relink with --incremental-full"));
|
|
|
|
// The GOT and PLT entries have a 1-1 correspondance, so the GOT offset
|
|
// can be calculated from the PLT index, adjusting for the three
|
|
// reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT.
|
|
plt_index = plt_offset / this->get_plt_entry_size() - 1;
|
|
got_offset = (plt_index - offset + reserved) * 8;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gsym->set_plt_offset(plt_offset);
|
|
|
|
// Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
|
|
this->add_relocation(symtab, layout, gsym, got_offset);
|
|
|
|
// Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
|
|
// PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
|
|
// appear in the relocations.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add an entry to the PLT for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. Return
|
|
// the PLT offset.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::add_local_ifunc_entry(
|
|
Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* relobj,
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = this->irelative_count_ * this->get_plt_entry_size();
|
|
++this->irelative_count_;
|
|
|
|
section_offset_type got_offset = this->got_irelative_->current_data_size();
|
|
|
|
// Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
|
|
// entry.
|
|
this->got_irelative_->set_current_data_size(got_offset + 8);
|
|
|
|
// Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
|
|
Reloc_section* rela = this->rela_irelative(symtab, layout);
|
|
rela->add_symbolless_local_addend(relobj, local_sym_index,
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE,
|
|
this->got_irelative_, got_offset, 0);
|
|
|
|
return plt_offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add the relocation for a PLT entry.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::add_relocation(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Symbol* gsym,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
&& gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
|
|
{
|
|
Reloc_section* rela = this->rela_irelative(symtab, layout);
|
|
rela->add_symbolless_global_addend(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE,
|
|
this->got_irelative_, got_offset, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
gsym->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
|
|
this->rel_->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT, this->got_plt_,
|
|
got_offset, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return where the TLSDESC relocations should go, creating it if
|
|
// necessary. These follow the JUMP_SLOT relocations.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
typename Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section*
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::rela_tlsdesc(Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->tlsdesc_rel_ == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
this->tlsdesc_rel_ = new Reloc_section(false);
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.plt", elfcpp::SHT_RELA,
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->tlsdesc_rel_,
|
|
ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false);
|
|
gold_assert(this->tlsdesc_rel_->output_section()
|
|
== this->rel_->output_section());
|
|
}
|
|
return this->tlsdesc_rel_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return where the IRELATIVE relocations should go in the PLT. These
|
|
// follow the JUMP_SLOT and the TLSDESC relocations.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
typename Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section*
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::rela_irelative(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->irelative_rel_ == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Make sure we have a place for the TLSDESC relocations, in
|
|
// case we see any later on.
|
|
this->rela_tlsdesc(layout);
|
|
this->irelative_rel_ = new Reloc_section(false);
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".rela.plt", elfcpp::SHT_RELA,
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->irelative_rel_,
|
|
ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false);
|
|
gold_assert(this->irelative_rel_->output_section()
|
|
== this->rel_->output_section());
|
|
|
|
if (parameters->doing_static_link())
|
|
{
|
|
// A statically linked executable will only have a .rela.plt
|
|
// section to hold R_X86_64_IRELATIVE relocs for
|
|
// STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. The library will use these
|
|
// symbols to locate the IRELATIVE relocs at program startup
|
|
// time.
|
|
symtab->define_in_output_data("__rela_iplt_start", NULL,
|
|
Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
|
|
this->irelative_rel_, 0, 0,
|
|
elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE, elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL,
|
|
elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0, false, true);
|
|
symtab->define_in_output_data("__rela_iplt_end", NULL,
|
|
Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
|
|
this->irelative_rel_, 0, 0,
|
|
elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE, elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL,
|
|
elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0, true, true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return this->irelative_rel_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::do_address_for_global(const Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
uint64_t offset = 0;
|
|
if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
&& gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
|
|
offset = (this->count_ + 1) * this->get_plt_entry_size();
|
|
return this->address() + offset + gsym->plt_offset();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. These are always
|
|
// IRELATIVE relocs.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::do_address_for_local(const Relobj* object,
|
|
unsigned int r_sym)
|
|
{
|
|
return (this->address()
|
|
+ (this->count_ + 1) * this->get_plt_entry_size()
|
|
+ object->local_plt_offset(r_sym));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set the final size.
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::set_final_data_size()
|
|
{
|
|
// Number of regular and IFUNC PLT entries, plus the first entry.
|
|
unsigned int count = this->count_ + this->irelative_count_ + 1;
|
|
// Count the TLSDESC entry, if present.
|
|
if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry())
|
|
++count;
|
|
this->set_data_size(count * this->get_plt_entry_size());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The first entry in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.98, page 76
|
|
0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8
|
|
0xff, 0x25, // jmp indirect
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16
|
|
0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90 // noop (x4)
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::do_fill_first_plt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(pov, first_plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
// We do a jmp relative to the PC at the end of this instruction.
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2,
|
|
(got_address + 8
|
|
- (plt_address + 6)));
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + 8,
|
|
(got_address + 16
|
|
- (plt_address + 12)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Subsequent entries in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.98, page 76
|
|
0xff, 0x25, // jmpq indirect
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got
|
|
0x68, // pushq immediate
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset into relocation table
|
|
0xe9, // jmpq relative
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 // replaced with offset to start of .plt
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::do_fill_plt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index)
|
|
{
|
|
// Check PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry.
|
|
uint64_t plt_got_pcrel_offset = (got_address + got_offset
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset + 6));
|
|
if (Bits<32>::has_overflow(plt_got_pcrel_offset))
|
|
gold_error(_("PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry %d"),
|
|
plt_index + 1);
|
|
|
|
memcpy(pov, plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2,
|
|
plt_got_pcrel_offset);
|
|
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 7, plt_index);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + 12,
|
|
- (plt_offset + plt_entry_size));
|
|
|
|
return 6;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From Alexandre Oliva, "Thread-Local Storage Descriptors for IA32
|
|
// and AMD64/EM64T", Version 0.9.4 (2005-10-10).
|
|
0xff, 0x35, // pushq x(%rip)
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of linkmap GOT entry (at PLTGOT + 8)
|
|
0xff, 0x25, // jmpq *y(%rip)
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset of reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry
|
|
0x0f, 0x1f, // nop
|
|
0x40, 0
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(pov, tlsdesc_plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2,
|
|
(got_address + 8
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset
|
|
+ 6)));
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 8,
|
|
(got_base
|
|
+ tlsdesc_got_offset
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset
|
|
+ 12)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the APLT address to use for a global symbol (for -z bndplt).
|
|
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_address_for_global(const Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
uint64_t offset = this->aplt_offset_;
|
|
// Convert the PLT offset into an APLT offset.
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = gsym->plt_offset();
|
|
if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
&& gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
|
|
offset += this->regular_count() * aplt_entry_size;
|
|
else
|
|
plt_offset -= plt_entry_size;
|
|
plt_offset = plt_offset / (plt_entry_size / aplt_entry_size);
|
|
return this->address() + offset + plt_offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. These are always
|
|
// IRELATIVE relocs.
|
|
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_address_for_local(const Relobj* object,
|
|
unsigned int r_sym)
|
|
{
|
|
// Convert the PLT offset into an APLT offset.
|
|
const Sized_relobj_file<64, false>* sized_relobj =
|
|
static_cast<const Sized_relobj_file<64, false>*>(object);
|
|
const Symbol_value<64>* psymval = sized_relobj->local_symbol(r_sym);
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = ((object->local_plt_offset(r_sym)
|
|
- (psymval->is_ifunc_symbol()
|
|
? 0 : plt_entry_size))
|
|
/ (plt_entry_size / aplt_entry_size));
|
|
return (this->address()
|
|
+ this->aplt_offset_
|
|
+ this->regular_count() * aplt_entry_size
|
|
+ plt_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set the final size.
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::set_final_data_size()
|
|
{
|
|
// Number of regular and IFUNC PLT entries.
|
|
unsigned int count = this->entry_count();
|
|
// Count the first entry and the TLSDESC entry, if present.
|
|
unsigned int extra = this->has_tlsdesc_entry() ? 2 : 1;
|
|
unsigned int plt_size = (count + extra) * plt_entry_size;
|
|
// Offset of the APLT.
|
|
this->aplt_offset_ = plt_size;
|
|
// Size of the APLT.
|
|
plt_size += count * aplt_entry_size;
|
|
this->set_data_size(plt_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The first entry in the BND PLT.
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.98, page 76
|
|
0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8
|
|
0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // bnd jmp indirect
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16
|
|
0x0f, 0x1f, 0x00 // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_fill_first_plt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(pov, first_plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
// We do a jmp relative to the PC at the end of this instruction.
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2,
|
|
(got_address + 8
|
|
- (plt_address + 6)));
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9,
|
|
(got_address + 16
|
|
- (plt_address + 13)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Subsequent entries in the BND PLT.
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.99.8, page 139
|
|
0x68, // pushq immediate
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset into relocation table
|
|
0xf2, 0xe9, // bnd jmpq relative
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset to start of .plt
|
|
0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0, 0 // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Entries in the BND Additional PLT.
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.99.8, page 139
|
|
0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // bnd jmpq indirect
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got
|
|
0x90, // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_fill_plt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr,
|
|
unsigned int,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(pov, plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 1, plt_index);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + 7, -(plt_offset + 11));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::fill_aplt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index)
|
|
{
|
|
// Check PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry.
|
|
uint64_t plt_got_pcrel_offset = (got_address + got_offset
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset + 7));
|
|
if (Bits<32>::has_overflow(plt_got_pcrel_offset))
|
|
gold_error(_("PC-relative offset overflow in APLT entry %d"),
|
|
plt_index + 1);
|
|
|
|
memcpy(pov, aplt_entry, aplt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 3, plt_got_pcrel_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From Alexandre Oliva, "Thread-Local Storage Descriptors for IA32
|
|
// and AMD64/EM64T", Version 0.9.4 (2005-10-10).
|
|
0xff, 0x35, // pushq x(%rip)
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of linkmap GOT entry (at PLTGOT + 8)
|
|
0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // jmpq *y(%rip)
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset of reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry
|
|
0x0f, 0x1f, 0 // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(pov, tlsdesc_plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2,
|
|
(got_address + 8
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset
|
|
+ 6)));
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9,
|
|
(got_base
|
|
+ tlsdesc_got_offset
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset
|
|
+ 13)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the APLT address to use for a global symbol (for IBT).
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_address_for_global(const Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
uint64_t offset = this->aplt_offset_;
|
|
// Convert the PLT offset into an APLT offset.
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = gsym->plt_offset();
|
|
if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
&& gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
|
|
offset += this->regular_count() * aplt_entry_size;
|
|
else
|
|
plt_offset -= plt_entry_size;
|
|
plt_offset = plt_offset / (plt_entry_size / aplt_entry_size);
|
|
return this->address() + offset + plt_offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. These are always
|
|
// IRELATIVE relocs.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_address_for_local(const Relobj* object,
|
|
unsigned int r_sym)
|
|
{
|
|
// Convert the PLT offset into an APLT offset.
|
|
const Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* sized_relobj =
|
|
static_cast<const Sized_relobj_file<size, false>*>(object);
|
|
const Symbol_value<size>* psymval = sized_relobj->local_symbol(r_sym);
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = ((object->local_plt_offset(r_sym)
|
|
- (psymval->is_ifunc_symbol()
|
|
? 0 : plt_entry_size))
|
|
/ (plt_entry_size / aplt_entry_size));
|
|
return (this->address()
|
|
+ this->aplt_offset_
|
|
+ this->regular_count() * aplt_entry_size
|
|
+ plt_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set the final size.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::set_final_data_size()
|
|
{
|
|
// Number of regular and IFUNC PLT entries.
|
|
unsigned int count = this->entry_count();
|
|
// Count the first entry and the TLSDESC entry, if present.
|
|
unsigned int extra = this->has_tlsdesc_entry() ? 2 : 1;
|
|
unsigned int plt_size = (count + extra) * plt_entry_size;
|
|
// Offset of the APLT.
|
|
this->aplt_offset_ = plt_size;
|
|
// Size of the APLT.
|
|
plt_size += count * aplt_entry_size;
|
|
this->set_data_size(plt_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The first entry in the IBT PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// MPX isn't supported for x32, so we don't need the BND prefix.
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 0.98, page 76
|
|
0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8
|
|
0xff, 0x25, // jmp indirect
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16
|
|
0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90 // noop (x4)
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// Use the BND prefix so that IBT is compatible with MPX.
|
|
0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8
|
|
0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // bnd jmp indirect
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16
|
|
0x0f, 0x1f, 0x00 // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_fill_first_plt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address)
|
|
{
|
|
// Offsets to the addresses needing relocation.
|
|
const unsigned int roff1 = 2;
|
|
const unsigned int roff2 = (size == 32) ? 8 : 9;
|
|
|
|
memcpy(pov, first_plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
// We do a jmp relative to the PC at the end of this instruction.
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff1,
|
|
(got_address + 8
|
|
- (plt_address + roff1 + 4)));
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff2,
|
|
(got_address + 16
|
|
- (plt_address + roff2 + 4)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Subsequent entries in the IBT PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 1.0-rc1, Chapter 13.
|
|
0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfa, // endbr64
|
|
0x68, // pushq immediate
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset into relocation table
|
|
0xe9, // jmpq relative
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset to start of .plt
|
|
0x90, 0x90 // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 1.0-rc1, Chapter 13.
|
|
0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfa, // endbr64
|
|
0x68, // pushq immediate
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset into relocation table
|
|
0xf2, 0xe9, // bnd jmpq relative
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset to start of .plt
|
|
0x90 // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Entries in the IBT Additional PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>::aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 1.0-rc1, Chapter 13.
|
|
0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfa, // endbr64
|
|
0xff, 0x25, // jmpq indirect
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got
|
|
0x0f, 0x1f, 0x04, 0x00, // nop
|
|
0x90, 0x90 // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>::aplt_entry[aplt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From AMD64 ABI Draft 1.0-rc1, Chapter 13.
|
|
0xf3, 0x0f, 0x1e, 0xfa, // endbr64
|
|
0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // bnd jmpq indirect
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got
|
|
0x0f, 0x1f, 0x04, 0x00, // nop
|
|
0x90, // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_fill_plt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr,
|
|
unsigned int,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index)
|
|
{
|
|
// Offsets to the addresses needing relocation.
|
|
const unsigned int roff1 = 5;
|
|
const unsigned int roff2 = (size == 32) ? 10 : 11;
|
|
|
|
memcpy(pov, plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff1, plt_index);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff2, -(plt_offset + roff2 + 4));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::fill_aplt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index)
|
|
{
|
|
// Offset to the address needing relocation.
|
|
const unsigned int roff = (size == 32) ? 6 : 7;
|
|
|
|
// Check PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry.
|
|
uint64_t plt_got_pcrel_offset = (got_address + got_offset
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset + roff + 4));
|
|
if (Bits<32>::has_overflow(plt_got_pcrel_offset))
|
|
gold_error(_("PC-relative offset overflow in APLT entry %d"),
|
|
plt_index + 1);
|
|
|
|
memcpy(pov, aplt_entry, aplt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + roff, plt_got_pcrel_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The reserved TLSDESC entry in the IBT PLT for an executable.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
// From Alexandre Oliva, "Thread-Local Storage Descriptors for IA32
|
|
// and AMD64/EM64T", Version 0.9.4 (2005-10-10).
|
|
0xff, 0x35, // pushq x(%rip)
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of linkmap GOT entry (at PLTGOT + 8)
|
|
0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, // jmpq *y(%rip)
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset of reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry
|
|
0x0f, 0x1f, 0 // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(pov, tlsdesc_plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2,
|
|
(got_address + 8
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset
|
|
+ 6)));
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9,
|
|
(got_base
|
|
+ tlsdesc_got_offset
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset
|
|
+ 13)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::plt_eh_frame_cie[plt_eh_frame_cie_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
1, // CIE version.
|
|
'z', // Augmentation: augmentation size included.
|
|
'R', // Augmentation: FDE encoding included.
|
|
'\0', // End of augmentation string.
|
|
1, // Code alignment factor.
|
|
0x78, // Data alignment factor.
|
|
16, // Return address column.
|
|
1, // Augmentation size.
|
|
(elfcpp::DW_EH_PE_pcrel // FDE encoding.
|
|
| elfcpp::DW_EH_PE_sdata4),
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa, 7, 8, // DW_CFA_def_cfa: r7 (rsp) ofs 8.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_offset + 16, 1,// DW_CFA_offset: r16 (rip) at cfa-8.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 16 bytes.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<size>::plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with offset to .plt.
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with size of .plt.
|
|
0, // Augmentation size.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, // Advance 6 to __PLT__ + 6.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, // Advance 10 to __PLT__ + 16.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression.
|
|
11, // Block length.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_breg7, 8, // Push %rsp + 8.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_breg16, 0, // Push %rip.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit15, // Push 0xf.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_and, // & (%rip & 0xf).
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit11, // Push 0xb.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_ge, // >= ((%rip & 0xf) >= 0xb)
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit3, // Push 3.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_shl, // << (((%rip & 0xf) >= 0xb) << 3)
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_plus, // + ((((%rip&0xf)>=0xb)<<3)+%rsp+8
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 32 bytes.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop,
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop,
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// The .eh_frame unwind information for the BND PLT.
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with offset to .plt.
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with size of .plt.
|
|
0, // Augmentation size.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, // Advance 6 to __PLT__ + 6.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, // Advance 10 to __PLT__ + 16.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression.
|
|
11, // Block length.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_breg7, 8, // Push %rsp + 8.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_breg16, 0, // Push %rip.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit15, // Push 0xf.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_and, // & (%rip & 0xf).
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit5, // Push 5.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_ge, // >= ((%rip & 0xf) >= 5)
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit3, // Push 3.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_shl, // << (((%rip & 0xf) >= 5) << 3)
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_plus, // + ((((%rip&0xf)>=5)<<3)+%rsp+8
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 32 bytes.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop,
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop,
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// The .eh_frame unwind information for the BND PLT.
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with offset to .plt.
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with size of .plt.
|
|
0, // Augmentation size.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, // Advance 6 to __PLT__ + 6.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, // Advance 10 to __PLT__ + 16.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression.
|
|
11, // Block length.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_breg7, 8, // Push %rsp + 8.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_breg16, 0, // Push %rip.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit15, // Push 0xf.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_and, // & (%rip & 0xf).
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit9, // Push 9.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_ge, // >= ((%rip & 0xf) >= 9)
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit3, // Push 3.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_shl, // << (((%rip & 0xf) >= 9) << 3)
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_plus, // + ((((%rip&0xf)>=9)<<3)+%rsp+8
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 32 bytes.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop,
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop,
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
|
|
// and adjusts them as needed. This is specified by the AMD64 ABI.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>::do_write(Output_file* of)
|
|
{
|
|
const off_t offset = this->offset();
|
|
const section_size_type oview_size =
|
|
convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
|
|
unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
|
|
|
|
const off_t got_file_offset = this->got_plt_->offset();
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->incremental_update()
|
|
|| (got_file_offset + this->got_plt_->data_size()
|
|
== this->got_irelative_->offset()));
|
|
const section_size_type got_size =
|
|
convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_->data_size()
|
|
+ this->got_irelative_->data_size());
|
|
unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset,
|
|
got_size);
|
|
|
|
unsigned char* pov = oview;
|
|
|
|
// The base address of the .plt section.
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address = this->address();
|
|
// The base address of the .got section.
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base = this->got_->address();
|
|
// The base address of the PLT portion of the .got section,
|
|
// which is where the GOT pointer will point, and where the
|
|
// three reserved GOT entries are located.
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address
|
|
= this->got_plt_->address();
|
|
|
|
this->fill_first_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address);
|
|
pov += this->get_plt_entry_size();
|
|
|
|
// The first three entries in the GOT are reserved, and are written
|
|
// by Output_data_got_plt_x86_64::do_write.
|
|
unsigned char* got_pov = got_view + 24;
|
|
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = this->get_plt_entry_size();
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = 24;
|
|
const unsigned int count = this->count_ + this->irelative_count_;
|
|
for (unsigned int plt_index = 0;
|
|
plt_index < count;
|
|
++plt_index,
|
|
pov += this->get_plt_entry_size(),
|
|
got_pov += 8,
|
|
plt_offset += this->get_plt_entry_size(),
|
|
got_offset += 8)
|
|
{
|
|
// Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
|
|
unsigned int lazy_offset = this->fill_plt_entry(pov,
|
|
got_address, plt_address,
|
|
got_offset, plt_offset,
|
|
plt_index);
|
|
|
|
// Set the entry in the GOT.
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<64, false>::writeval(got_pov,
|
|
plt_address + plt_offset + lazy_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry())
|
|
{
|
|
// Set and adjust the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry.
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset = this->get_tlsdesc_got_offset();
|
|
this->fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_base,
|
|
tlsdesc_got_offset, plt_offset);
|
|
pov += this->get_plt_entry_size();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - oview) == oview_size);
|
|
gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(got_pov - got_view) == got_size);
|
|
|
|
of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
|
|
of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, got_size, got_view);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Write out the BND PLT.
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd::do_write(Output_file* of)
|
|
{
|
|
const off_t offset = this->offset();
|
|
const section_size_type oview_size =
|
|
convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
|
|
unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
|
|
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got = this->got();
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt = this->got_plt();
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative = this->got_irelative();
|
|
|
|
const off_t got_file_offset = got_plt->offset();
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->incremental_update()
|
|
|| (got_file_offset + got_plt->data_size()
|
|
== got_irelative->offset()));
|
|
const section_size_type got_size =
|
|
convert_to_section_size_type(got_plt->data_size()
|
|
+ got_irelative->data_size());
|
|
unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset,
|
|
got_size);
|
|
|
|
unsigned char* pov = oview;
|
|
|
|
// The base address of the .plt section.
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address = this->address();
|
|
// The base address of the .got section.
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_base = got->address();
|
|
// The base address of the PLT portion of the .got section,
|
|
// which is where the GOT pointer will point, and where the
|
|
// three reserved GOT entries are located.
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address = got_plt->address();
|
|
|
|
this->fill_first_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address);
|
|
pov += plt_entry_size;
|
|
|
|
// The first three entries in the GOT are reserved, and are written
|
|
// by Output_data_got_plt_x86_64::do_write.
|
|
unsigned char* got_pov = got_view + 24;
|
|
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = plt_entry_size;
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = 24;
|
|
const unsigned int count = this->entry_count();
|
|
for (unsigned int plt_index = 0;
|
|
plt_index < count;
|
|
++plt_index,
|
|
pov += plt_entry_size,
|
|
got_pov += 8,
|
|
plt_offset += plt_entry_size,
|
|
got_offset += 8)
|
|
{
|
|
// Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
|
|
unsigned int lazy_offset = this->fill_plt_entry(pov,
|
|
got_address, plt_address,
|
|
got_offset, plt_offset,
|
|
plt_index);
|
|
|
|
// Set the entry in the GOT.
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<64, false>::writeval(got_pov,
|
|
plt_address + plt_offset + lazy_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry())
|
|
{
|
|
// Set and adjust the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry.
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset = this->get_tlsdesc_got_offset();
|
|
this->fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_base,
|
|
tlsdesc_got_offset, plt_offset);
|
|
pov += this->get_plt_entry_size();
|
|
plt_offset += plt_entry_size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Write the additional PLT.
|
|
got_offset = 24;
|
|
for (unsigned int plt_index = 0;
|
|
plt_index < count;
|
|
++plt_index,
|
|
pov += aplt_entry_size,
|
|
plt_offset += aplt_entry_size,
|
|
got_offset += 8)
|
|
{
|
|
// Set and adjust the APLT entry.
|
|
this->fill_aplt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_offset,
|
|
plt_offset, plt_index);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - oview) == oview_size);
|
|
gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(got_pov - got_view) == got_size);
|
|
|
|
of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
|
|
of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, got_size, got_view);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Write out the IBT PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<size>::do_write(Output_file* of)
|
|
{
|
|
const off_t offset = this->offset();
|
|
const section_size_type oview_size =
|
|
convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
|
|
unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
|
|
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got = this->got();
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt = this->got_plt();
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative = this->got_irelative();
|
|
|
|
const off_t got_file_offset = got_plt->offset();
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->incremental_update()
|
|
|| (got_file_offset + got_plt->data_size()
|
|
== got_irelative->offset()));
|
|
const section_size_type got_size =
|
|
convert_to_section_size_type(got_plt->data_size()
|
|
+ got_irelative->data_size());
|
|
unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset,
|
|
got_size);
|
|
|
|
unsigned char* pov = oview;
|
|
|
|
// The base address of the .plt section.
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr plt_address = this->address();
|
|
// The base address of the .got section.
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_base = got->address();
|
|
// The base address of the PLT portion of the .got section,
|
|
// which is where the GOT pointer will point, and where the
|
|
// three reserved GOT entries are located.
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr got_address = got_plt->address();
|
|
|
|
this->fill_first_plt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address);
|
|
pov += plt_entry_size;
|
|
|
|
// The first three entries in the GOT are reserved, and are written
|
|
// by Output_data_got_plt_x86_64::do_write.
|
|
unsigned char* got_pov = got_view + 24;
|
|
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = plt_entry_size;
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = 24;
|
|
const unsigned int count = this->entry_count();
|
|
for (unsigned int plt_index = 0;
|
|
plt_index < count;
|
|
++plt_index,
|
|
pov += plt_entry_size,
|
|
got_pov += 8,
|
|
plt_offset += plt_entry_size,
|
|
got_offset += 8)
|
|
{
|
|
// Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
|
|
unsigned int lazy_offset = this->fill_plt_entry(pov,
|
|
got_address, plt_address,
|
|
got_offset, plt_offset,
|
|
plt_index);
|
|
|
|
// Set the entry in the GOT.
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<64, false>::writeval(got_pov,
|
|
plt_address + plt_offset + lazy_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry())
|
|
{
|
|
// Set and adjust the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry.
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset = this->get_tlsdesc_got_offset();
|
|
this->fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_base,
|
|
tlsdesc_got_offset, plt_offset);
|
|
pov += this->get_plt_entry_size();
|
|
plt_offset += plt_entry_size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Write the additional PLT.
|
|
got_offset = 24;
|
|
for (unsigned int plt_index = 0;
|
|
plt_index < count;
|
|
++plt_index,
|
|
pov += aplt_entry_size,
|
|
plt_offset += aplt_entry_size,
|
|
got_offset += 8)
|
|
{
|
|
// Set and adjust the APLT entry.
|
|
this->fill_aplt_entry(pov, got_address, plt_address, got_offset,
|
|
plt_offset, plt_index);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - oview) == oview_size);
|
|
gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(got_pov - got_view) == got_size);
|
|
|
|
of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
|
|
of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, got_size, got_view);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Create the PLT section.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::make_plt_section(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->plt_ == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create the GOT sections first.
|
|
this->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
|
|
this->plt_ = this->make_data_plt(layout, this->got_, this->got_plt_,
|
|
this->got_irelative_);
|
|
|
|
// Add unwind information if requested.
|
|
if (parameters->options().ld_generated_unwind_info())
|
|
this->plt_->add_eh_frame(layout);
|
|
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
(elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
|
|
| elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR),
|
|
this->plt_, ORDER_PLT, false);
|
|
|
|
// Make the sh_info field of .rela.plt point to .plt.
|
|
Output_section* rela_plt_os = this->plt_->rela_plt()->output_section();
|
|
rela_plt_os->set_info_section(this->plt_->output_section());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<32>*
|
|
Target_x86_64<32>::do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->feature_1_ & elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT)
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative);
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<32>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<64>*
|
|
Target_x86_64<64>::do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->feature_1_ & elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT)
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative);
|
|
else if (parameters->options().bndplt())
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative);
|
|
else
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<64>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<32>*
|
|
Target_x86_64<32>::do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->feature_1_ & elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT)
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<32>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative, plt_count);
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<32>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative, plt_count);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64<64>*
|
|
Target_x86_64<64>::do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->feature_1_ & elfcpp::GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT)
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_ibt<64>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative, plt_count);
|
|
else if (parameters->options().bndplt())
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_bnd(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative, plt_count);
|
|
else
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_standard<64>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative,
|
|
plt_count);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the section for TLSDESC relocations.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
typename Target_x86_64<size>::Reloc_section*
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::rela_tlsdesc_section(Layout* layout) const
|
|
{
|
|
return this->plt_section()->rela_tlsdesc(layout);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
|
|
Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gsym->has_plt_offset())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (this->plt_ == NULL)
|
|
this->make_plt_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
|
|
this->plt_->add_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Make a PLT entry for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::make_local_ifunc_plt_entry(
|
|
Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* relobj,
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index)
|
|
{
|
|
if (relobj->local_has_plt_offset(local_sym_index))
|
|
return;
|
|
if (this->plt_ == NULL)
|
|
this->make_plt_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = this->plt_->add_local_ifunc_entry(symtab, layout,
|
|
relobj,
|
|
local_sym_index);
|
|
relobj->set_local_plt_offset(local_sym_index, plt_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the number of entries in the PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::plt_entry_count() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->plt_ == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return this->plt_->entry_count();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::first_plt_entry_offset() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->plt_ == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return this->plt_->first_plt_entry_offset();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the size of each PLT entry.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::plt_entry_size() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->plt_ == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return this->plt_->get_plt_entry_size();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Create the GOT and PLT sections for an incremental update.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
Output_data_got_base*
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::init_got_plt_for_update(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
unsigned int got_count,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(this->got_ == NULL);
|
|
|
|
this->got_ = new Output_data_got<64, false>(got_count * 8);
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
(elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
|
|
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
|
|
this->got_, ORDER_RELRO_LAST,
|
|
true);
|
|
|
|
// Add the three reserved entries.
|
|
this->got_plt_ = new Output_data_got_plt_x86_64(layout, (plt_count + 3) * 8);
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
(elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
|
|
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
|
|
this->got_plt_, ORDER_NON_RELRO_FIRST,
|
|
false);
|
|
|
|
// Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
|
|
this->global_offset_table_ =
|
|
symtab->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL,
|
|
Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
|
|
this->got_plt_,
|
|
0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
|
|
elfcpp::STB_LOCAL,
|
|
elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
|
|
false, false);
|
|
|
|
// If there are any TLSDESC relocations, they get GOT entries in
|
|
// .got.plt after the jump slot entries.
|
|
// FIXME: Get the count for TLSDESC entries.
|
|
this->got_tlsdesc_ = new Output_data_got<64, false>(0);
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE,
|
|
this->got_tlsdesc_,
|
|
ORDER_NON_RELRO_FIRST, false);
|
|
|
|
// If there are any IRELATIVE relocations, they get GOT entries in
|
|
// .got.plt after the jump slot and TLSDESC entries.
|
|
this->got_irelative_ = new Output_data_space(0, 8, "** GOT IRELATIVE PLT");
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE,
|
|
this->got_irelative_,
|
|
ORDER_NON_RELRO_FIRST, false);
|
|
|
|
// Create the PLT section.
|
|
this->plt_ = this->make_data_plt(layout, this->got_,
|
|
this->got_plt_,
|
|
this->got_irelative_,
|
|
plt_count);
|
|
|
|
// Add unwind information if requested.
|
|
if (parameters->options().ld_generated_unwind_info())
|
|
this->plt_->add_eh_frame(layout);
|
|
|
|
layout->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR,
|
|
this->plt_, ORDER_PLT, false);
|
|
|
|
// Make the sh_info field of .rela.plt point to .plt.
|
|
Output_section* rela_plt_os = this->plt_->rela_plt()->output_section();
|
|
rela_plt_os->set_info_section(this->plt_->output_section());
|
|
|
|
// Create the rela_dyn section.
|
|
this->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
|
|
return this->got_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Reserve a GOT entry for a local symbol, and regenerate any
|
|
// necessary dynamic relocations.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::reserve_local_got_entry(
|
|
unsigned int got_index,
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, false>* obj,
|
|
unsigned int r_sym,
|
|
unsigned int got_type)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = got_index * 8;
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = this->rela_dyn_section(NULL);
|
|
|
|
this->got_->reserve_local(got_index, obj, r_sym, got_type);
|
|
switch (got_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case GOT_TYPE_STANDARD:
|
|
if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local_relative(obj, r_sym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset, 0, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
case GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET:
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local(obj, r_sym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset, 0);
|
|
break;
|
|
case GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR:
|
|
this->got_->reserve_slot(got_index + 1);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local(obj, r_sym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset, 0);
|
|
break;
|
|
case GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC:
|
|
gold_fatal(_("TLS_DESC not yet supported for incremental linking"));
|
|
// this->got_->reserve_slot(got_index + 1);
|
|
// rela_dyn->add_target_specific(elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC, arg,
|
|
// this->got_, got_offset, 0);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_unreachable();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Reserve a GOT entry for a global symbol, and regenerate any
|
|
// necessary dynamic relocations.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::reserve_global_got_entry(unsigned int got_index,
|
|
Symbol* gsym,
|
|
unsigned int got_type)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = got_index * 8;
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = this->rela_dyn_section(NULL);
|
|
|
|
this->got_->reserve_global(got_index, gsym, got_type);
|
|
switch (got_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case GOT_TYPE_STANDARD:
|
|
if (!gsym->final_value_is_known())
|
|
{
|
|
if (gsym->is_from_dynobj()
|
|
|| gsym->is_undefined()
|
|
|| gsym->is_preemptible()
|
|
|| gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset, 0);
|
|
else
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset, 0, false);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET:
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset, 0, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
case GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR:
|
|
this->got_->reserve_slot(got_index + 1);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset, 0, false);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset + 8, 0, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
case GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC:
|
|
this->got_->reserve_slot(got_index + 1);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset, 0, false);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_unreachable();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Register an existing PLT entry for a global symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::register_global_plt_entry(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index,
|
|
Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(this->plt_ != NULL);
|
|
gold_assert(!gsym->has_plt_offset());
|
|
|
|
this->plt_->reserve_slot(plt_index);
|
|
|
|
gsym->set_plt_offset((plt_index + 1) * this->plt_entry_size());
|
|
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 8;
|
|
this->plt_->add_relocation(symtab, layout, gsym, got_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Force a COPY relocation for a given symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::emit_copy_reloc(
|
|
Symbol_table* symtab, Symbol* sym, Output_section* os, off_t offset)
|
|
{
|
|
this->copy_relocs_.emit_copy_reloc(symtab,
|
|
symtab->get_sized_symbol<size>(sym),
|
|
os,
|
|
offset,
|
|
this->rela_dyn_section(NULL));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
Output_segment* tls_segment = layout->tls_segment();
|
|
if (tls_segment != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
bool is_exec = parameters->options().output_is_executable();
|
|
symtab->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL,
|
|
Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
|
|
tls_segment, 0, 0,
|
|
elfcpp::STT_TLS,
|
|
elfcpp::STB_LOCAL,
|
|
elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
|
|
(is_exec
|
|
? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
|
|
: Symbol::SEGMENT_START),
|
|
true);
|
|
}
|
|
this->tls_base_symbol_defined_ = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Create the reserved PLT and GOT entries for the TLS descriptor resolver.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::reserve_tlsdesc_entries(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->plt_ == NULL)
|
|
this->make_plt_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
|
|
if (!this->plt_->has_tlsdesc_entry())
|
|
{
|
|
// Allocate the TLSDESC_GOT entry.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got = this->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(0);
|
|
|
|
// Allocate the TLSDESC_PLT entry.
|
|
this->plt_->reserve_tlsdesc_entry(got_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->got_mod_index_offset_ == -1U)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL && object != NULL);
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = this->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got = this->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(0);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local(object, 0, elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64, got,
|
|
got_offset, 0);
|
|
got->add_constant(0);
|
|
this->got_mod_index_offset_ = got_offset;
|
|
}
|
|
return this->got_mod_index_offset_;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
|
|
// symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
|
|
// known at link time.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
tls::Tls_optimization
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final, int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
// If we are generating a shared library, then we can't do anything
|
|
// in the linker.
|
|
if (parameters->options().shared())
|
|
return tls::TLSOPT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
|
|
// These are General-Dynamic which permits fully general TLS
|
|
// access. Since we know that we are generating an executable,
|
|
// we can convert this to Initial-Exec. If we also know that
|
|
// this is a local symbol, we can further switch to Local-Exec.
|
|
if (is_final)
|
|
return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE;
|
|
return tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD:
|
|
// This is Local-Dynamic, which refers to a local symbol in the
|
|
// dynamic TLS block. Since we know that we generating an
|
|
// executable, we can switch to Local-Exec.
|
|
return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
|
|
// Another Local-Dynamic reloc.
|
|
return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF:
|
|
// These are Initial-Exec relocs which get the thread offset
|
|
// from the GOT. If we know that we are linking against the
|
|
// local symbol, we can switch to Local-Exec, which links the
|
|
// thread offset into the instruction.
|
|
if (is_final)
|
|
return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE;
|
|
return tls::TLSOPT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32:
|
|
// When we already have Local-Exec, there is nothing further we
|
|
// can do.
|
|
return tls::TLSOPT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_unreachable();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
int
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC64:
|
|
// No symbol reference.
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8:
|
|
return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC16:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC8:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTOFF64:
|
|
return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64:
|
|
return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL | Symbol::RELATIVE_REF;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64:
|
|
// Absolute in GOT.
|
|
return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url)
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec
|
|
return Symbol::TLS_REF;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE64:
|
|
default:
|
|
// Not expected. We will give an error later.
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
|
|
object->name().c_str(), r_type);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
|
|
// dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
|
|
// only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
|
|
// Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
|
|
// read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
|
|
// glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
|
|
// error even if the section is not read-only. If GSYM is not NULL,
|
|
// it is the symbol the relocation is against; if it is NULL, the
|
|
// relocation is against a local symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj* object, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
// These are the relocation types supported by glibc for x86_64
|
|
// which should always work.
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY:
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// glibc supports these reloc types, but they can overflow.
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
|
|
// A PC relative reference is OK against a local symbol or if
|
|
// the symbol is defined locally.
|
|
if (gsym == NULL
|
|
|| (!gsym->is_from_dynobj()
|
|
&& !gsym->is_undefined()
|
|
&& !gsym->is_preemptible()))
|
|
return;
|
|
// Fall through.
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32:
|
|
// R_X86_64_32 is OK for x32.
|
|
if (size == 32 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_32)
|
|
return;
|
|
if (this->issued_non_pic_error_)
|
|
return;
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->options().output_is_position_independent());
|
|
if (gsym == NULL)
|
|
object->error(_("requires dynamic R_X86_64_32 reloc which may "
|
|
"overflow at runtime; recompile with -fPIC"));
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
const char *r_name;
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32:
|
|
r_name = "R_X86_64_32";
|
|
break;
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32:
|
|
r_name = "R_X86_64_PC32";
|
|
break;
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
|
|
r_name = "R_X86_64_PC32_BND";
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_unreachable();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
object->error(_("requires dynamic %s reloc against '%s' "
|
|
"which may overflow at runtime; recompile "
|
|
"with -fPIC"),
|
|
r_name, gsym->name());
|
|
}
|
|
this->issued_non_pic_error_ = true;
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
// This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
|
|
// section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
|
|
// error per object file.
|
|
if (this->issued_non_pic_error_)
|
|
return;
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->options().output_is_position_independent());
|
|
object->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %u; "
|
|
"recompile with -fPIC"),
|
|
r_type);
|
|
this->issued_non_pic_error_ = true;
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE:
|
|
gold_unreachable();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return whether we need to make a PLT entry for a relocation of the
|
|
// given type against a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
bool
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
int flags = Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type);
|
|
if (flags & Symbol::TLS_REF)
|
|
gold_error(_("%s: unsupported TLS reloc %u for IFUNC symbol"),
|
|
object->name().c_str(), r_type);
|
|
return flags != 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::local(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>* target,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
const elfcpp::Sym<size, false>& lsym,
|
|
bool is_discarded)
|
|
{
|
|
if (is_discarded)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// A local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol may require a PLT entry.
|
|
bool is_ifunc = lsym.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC;
|
|
if (is_ifunc && this->reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(object, r_type))
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info());
|
|
target->make_local_ifunc_plt_entry(symtab, layout, object, r_sym);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64:
|
|
// If building a shared library (or a position-independent
|
|
// executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for this
|
|
// location. The relocation applied at link time will apply the
|
|
// link-time value, so we flag the location with an
|
|
// R_X86_64_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
|
|
// relocate it easily.
|
|
if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info());
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local_relative(object, r_sym,
|
|
(size == 32
|
|
? elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE64
|
|
: elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE),
|
|
output_section, data_shndx,
|
|
reloc.get_r_offset(),
|
|
reloc.get_r_addend(), is_ifunc);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8:
|
|
// If building a shared library (or a position-independent
|
|
// executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for this
|
|
// location. We can't use an R_X86_64_RELATIVE relocation
|
|
// because that is always a 64-bit relocation.
|
|
if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
|
|
{
|
|
// Use R_X86_64_RELATIVE relocation for R_X86_64_32 under x32.
|
|
if (size == 32 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_32)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info());
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local_relative(object, r_sym,
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE,
|
|
output_section, data_shndx,
|
|
reloc.get_r_offset(),
|
|
reloc.get_r_addend(), is_ifunc);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
this->check_non_pic(object, r_type, NULL);
|
|
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info());
|
|
if (lsym.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION)
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local(object, r_sym, r_type, output_section,
|
|
data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset(),
|
|
reloc.get_r_addend());
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(lsym.get_st_value() == 0);
|
|
unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx();
|
|
bool is_ordinary;
|
|
shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx,
|
|
&is_ordinary);
|
|
if (!is_ordinary)
|
|
object->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
|
|
r_sym, shndx);
|
|
else
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local_section(object, shndx,
|
|
r_type, output_section,
|
|
data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset(),
|
|
reloc.get_r_addend());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC16:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC8:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND:
|
|
// Since we know this is a local symbol, we can handle this as a
|
|
// PC32 reloc.
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64:
|
|
// We need a GOT section.
|
|
target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
// For PLTOFF64, we'd normally want a PLT section, but since we
|
|
// know this is a local symbol, no PLT is needed.
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64:
|
|
{
|
|
// The symbol requires a GOT section.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
|
|
// If the relocation symbol isn't IFUNC,
|
|
// and is local, then we will convert
|
|
// mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg
|
|
// to lea foo(%rip), %reg.
|
|
// in Relocate::relocate.
|
|
if (!parameters->incremental()
|
|
&& (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL
|
|
|| r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX
|
|
|| r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX)
|
|
&& reloc.get_r_offset() >= 2
|
|
&& !is_ifunc)
|
|
{
|
|
section_size_type stype;
|
|
const unsigned char* view = object->section_contents(data_shndx,
|
|
&stype, true);
|
|
if (view[reloc.get_r_offset() - 2] == 0x8b)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The symbol requires a GOT entry.
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info());
|
|
|
|
// For a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol we want the PLT offset. That
|
|
// lets function pointers compare correctly with shared
|
|
// libraries. Otherwise we would need an IRELATIVE reloc.
|
|
bool is_new;
|
|
if (is_ifunc)
|
|
is_new = got->add_local_plt(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
|
|
else
|
|
is_new = got->add_local(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
|
|
if (is_new)
|
|
{
|
|
// If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
|
|
// dynamic relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
|
|
if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
|
|
{
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
// R_X86_64_RELATIVE assumes a 64-bit relocation.
|
|
if (r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int got_offset =
|
|
object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local_relative(object, r_sym,
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE,
|
|
got, got_offset, 0, is_ifunc);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
this->check_non_pic(object, r_type, NULL);
|
|
|
|
gold_assert(lsym.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_local(
|
|
object, r_sym, r_type, got,
|
|
object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD), 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// For GOTPLT64, we'd normally want a PLT section, but since
|
|
// we know this is a local symbol, no PLT is needed.
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE:
|
|
// These are outstanding tls relocs, which are unexpected when linking
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC:
|
|
gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
|
|
object->name().c_str(), r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when linking
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url)
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec
|
|
{
|
|
bool output_is_shared = parameters->options().shared();
|
|
const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
|
|
= Target_x86_64<size>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared,
|
|
r_type);
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // General-dynamic
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
|
|
// dtv-relative offset.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got
|
|
= target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info());
|
|
unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx();
|
|
bool is_ordinary;
|
|
shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx, &is_ordinary);
|
|
if (!is_ordinary)
|
|
object->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
|
|
r_sym, shndx);
|
|
else
|
|
got->add_local_pair_with_rel(object, r_sym,
|
|
shndx,
|
|
GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR,
|
|
target->rela_dyn_section(layout),
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC:
|
|
target->define_tls_base_symbol(symtab, layout);
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create reserved PLT and GOT entries for the resolver.
|
|
target->reserve_tlsdesc_entries(symtab, layout);
|
|
|
|
// Generate a double GOT entry with an
|
|
// R_X86_64_TLSDESC reloc. The R_X86_64_TLSDESC reloc
|
|
// is resolved lazily, so the GOT entry needs to be in
|
|
// an area in .got.plt, not .got. Call got_section to
|
|
// make sure the section has been created.
|
|
target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got = target->got_tlsdesc_section();
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info());
|
|
if (!object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC))
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(0);
|
|
got->add_constant(0);
|
|
object->set_local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC,
|
|
got_offset);
|
|
Reloc_section* rt = target->rela_tlsdesc_section(layout);
|
|
// We store the arguments we need in a vector, and
|
|
// use the index into the vector as the parameter
|
|
// to pass to the target specific routines.
|
|
uintptr_t intarg = target->add_tlsdesc_info(object, r_sym);
|
|
void* arg = reinterpret_cast<void*>(intarg);
|
|
rt->add_target_specific(elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC, arg,
|
|
got, got_offset, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create a GOT entry for the module index.
|
|
target->got_mod_index_entry(symtab, layout, object);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec
|
|
layout->set_has_static_tls();
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got
|
|
= target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(reloc.get_r_info());
|
|
got->add_local_with_rel(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
|
|
target->rela_dyn_section(layout),
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec
|
|
layout->set_has_static_tls();
|
|
if (output_is_shared)
|
|
unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_unreachable();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE64:
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
|
|
object->name().c_str(), r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
|
|
object->name().c_str(), r_type, gsym->demangled_name().c_str());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if this relocation type could be that of a function pointer.
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline bool
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc(
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* src_obj,
|
|
unsigned int src_indx,
|
|
unsigned int r_offset,
|
|
unsigned int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64:
|
|
{
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32:
|
|
{
|
|
// This relocation may be used both for function calls and
|
|
// for taking address of a function. We distinguish between
|
|
// them by checking the opcodes.
|
|
uint64_t sh_flags = src_obj->section_flags(src_indx);
|
|
bool is_executable = (sh_flags & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0;
|
|
if (is_executable)
|
|
{
|
|
section_size_type stype;
|
|
const unsigned char* view = src_obj->section_contents(src_indx,
|
|
&stype,
|
|
true);
|
|
|
|
// call
|
|
if (r_offset >= 1
|
|
&& view[r_offset - 1] == 0xe8)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// jmp
|
|
if (r_offset >= 1
|
|
&& view[r_offset - 1] == 0xe9)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// jo/jno/jb/jnb/je/jne/jna/ja/js/jns/jp/jnp/jl/jge/jle/jg
|
|
if (r_offset >= 2
|
|
&& view[r_offset - 2] == 0x0f
|
|
&& view[r_offset - 1] >= 0x80
|
|
&& view[r_offset - 1] <= 0x8f)
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Be conservative and treat all others as function pointers.
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For safe ICF, scan a relocation for a local symbol to check if it
|
|
// corresponds to a function pointer being taken. In that case mark
|
|
// the function whose pointer was taken as not foldable.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline bool
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
|
|
Symbol_table* ,
|
|
Layout* ,
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>* ,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* src_obj,
|
|
unsigned int src_indx,
|
|
Output_section* ,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
const elfcpp::Sym<size, false>&)
|
|
{
|
|
// When building a shared library, do not fold any local symbols as it is
|
|
// not possible to distinguish pointer taken versus a call by looking at
|
|
// the relocation types.
|
|
if (parameters->options().shared())
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
return possible_function_pointer_reloc(src_obj, src_indx,
|
|
reloc.get_r_offset(), r_type);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For safe ICF, scan a relocation for a global symbol to check if it
|
|
// corresponds to a function pointer being taken. In that case mark
|
|
// the function whose pointer was taken as not foldable.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline bool
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
|
|
Symbol_table*,
|
|
Layout* ,
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>* ,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* src_obj,
|
|
unsigned int src_indx,
|
|
Output_section* ,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
// When building a shared library, do not fold symbols whose visibility
|
|
// is hidden, internal or protected.
|
|
if (parameters->options().shared()
|
|
&& (gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_INTERNAL
|
|
|| gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED
|
|
|| gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN))
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
return possible_function_pointer_reloc(src_obj, src_indx,
|
|
reloc.get_r_offset(), r_type);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Scan::global(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>* target,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& reloc,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
Symbol* gsym)
|
|
{
|
|
// A STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol may require a PLT entry.
|
|
if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
&& this->reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(object, r_type))
|
|
target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
|
|
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8:
|
|
{
|
|
// Make a PLT entry if necessary.
|
|
if (gsym->needs_plt_entry())
|
|
{
|
|
target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
|
|
// Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
|
|
// taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
|
|
// set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
|
|
// the PLT entry.
|
|
if (gsym->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters->options().shared())
|
|
gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value();
|
|
}
|
|
// Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
|
|
if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()
|
|
&& gsym->may_need_copy_reloc())
|
|
{
|
|
target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object,
|
|
data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((size == 64 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_64)
|
|
|| (size == 32 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_32))
|
|
&& gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
&& gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false)
|
|
&& !gsym->is_from_dynobj()
|
|
&& !gsym->is_undefined()
|
|
&& !gsym->is_preemptible())
|
|
{
|
|
// Use an IRELATIVE reloc for a locally defined
|
|
// STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. This makes a function
|
|
// address in a PIE executable match the address in a
|
|
// shared library that it links against.
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn =
|
|
target->rela_irelative_section(layout);
|
|
unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE;
|
|
rela_dyn->add_symbolless_global_addend(gsym, r_type,
|
|
output_section, object,
|
|
data_shndx,
|
|
reloc.get_r_offset(),
|
|
reloc.get_r_addend());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((size == 64 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_64)
|
|
|| (size == 32 && r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_32))
|
|
&& gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
|
|
{
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE,
|
|
output_section, object,
|
|
data_shndx,
|
|
reloc.get_r_offset(),
|
|
reloc.get_r_addend(), false);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
this->check_non_pic(object, r_type, gsym);
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object,
|
|
data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset(),
|
|
reloc.get_r_addend());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC16:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC8:
|
|
{
|
|
// Make a PLT entry if necessary.
|
|
if (gsym->needs_plt_entry())
|
|
target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
|
|
// Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
|
|
if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (parameters->options().output_is_executable()
|
|
&& gsym->may_need_copy_reloc())
|
|
{
|
|
target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object,
|
|
data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
this->check_non_pic(object, r_type, gsym);
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object,
|
|
data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset(),
|
|
reloc.get_r_addend());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64:
|
|
{
|
|
// The symbol requires a GOT entry.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
|
|
// If we convert this from
|
|
// mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg
|
|
// to lea foo(%rip), %reg.
|
|
// OR
|
|
// if we convert
|
|
// (callq|jmpq) *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to
|
|
// (callq|jmpq) foo
|
|
// in Relocate::relocate, then there is nothing to do here.
|
|
// We cannot make these optimizations in incremental linking mode,
|
|
// because we look at the opcode to decide whether or not to make
|
|
// change, and during an incremental update, the change may have
|
|
// already been applied.
|
|
|
|
Lazy_view<size> view(object, data_shndx);
|
|
size_t r_offset = reloc.get_r_offset();
|
|
if (!parameters->incremental()
|
|
&& r_offset >= 2
|
|
&& Target_x86_64<size>::can_convert_mov_to_lea(gsym, r_type,
|
|
r_offset, &view))
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (!parameters->incremental()
|
|
&& r_offset >= 2
|
|
&& Target_x86_64<size>::can_convert_callq_to_direct(gsym, r_type,
|
|
r_offset,
|
|
&view))
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (gsym->final_value_is_known())
|
|
{
|
|
// For a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol we want the PLT address.
|
|
if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
|
got->add_global_plt(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
|
|
else
|
|
got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
|
|
// dynamic relocation for it.
|
|
Reloc_section* rela_dyn = target->rela_dyn_section(layout);
|
|
|
|
// Use a GLOB_DAT rather than a RELATIVE reloc if:
|
|
//
|
|
// 1) The symbol may be defined in some other module.
|
|
//
|
|
// 2) We are building a shared library and this is a
|
|
// protected symbol; using GLOB_DAT means that the dynamic
|
|
// linker can use the address of the PLT in the main
|
|
// executable when appropriate so that function address
|
|
// comparisons work.
|
|
//
|
|
// 3) This is a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol in position dependent
|
|
// code, again so that function address comparisons work.
|
|
if (gsym->is_from_dynobj()
|
|
|| gsym->is_undefined()
|
|
|| gsym->is_preemptible()
|
|
|| (gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED
|
|
&& parameters->options().shared())
|
|
|| (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
|
&& parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()))
|
|
got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD, rela_dyn,
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// For a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol we want to write the PLT
|
|
// offset into the GOT, so that function pointer
|
|
// comparisons work correctly.
|
|
bool is_new;
|
|
if (gsym->type() != elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
|
is_new = got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
is_new = got->add_global_plt(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
|
|
// Tell the dynamic linker to use the PLT address
|
|
// when resolving relocations.
|
|
if (gsym->is_from_dynobj()
|
|
&& !parameters->options().shared())
|
|
gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value();
|
|
}
|
|
if (is_new)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int got_off = gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
|
|
rela_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym,
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE,
|
|
got, got_off, 0, false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND:
|
|
// If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a PC32 reloc.
|
|
// Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
|
|
if (gsym->final_value_is_known())
|
|
break;
|
|
// If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
|
|
// if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
|
|
// or hidden.
|
|
if (gsym->is_defined()
|
|
&& !gsym->is_from_dynobj()
|
|
&& !gsym->is_preemptible())
|
|
break;
|
|
target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64:
|
|
// We need a GOT section.
|
|
target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
// For PLTOFF64, we also need a PLT entry (but only if the
|
|
// symbol is not fully resolved).
|
|
if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64
|
|
&& !gsym->final_value_is_known())
|
|
target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE:
|
|
// These are outstanding tls relocs, which are unexpected when linking
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC:
|
|
gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
|
|
object->name().c_str(), r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// These are initial tls relocs, which are expected for global()
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url)
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec
|
|
{
|
|
// For the Initial-Exec model, we can treat undef symbols as final
|
|
// when building an executable.
|
|
const bool is_final = (gsym->final_value_is_known() ||
|
|
(r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF &&
|
|
gsym->is_undefined() &&
|
|
parameters->options().output_is_executable()));
|
|
const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
|
|
= Target_x86_64<size>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type);
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // General-dynamic
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
|
|
// dtv-relative offset.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got
|
|
= target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
got->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR,
|
|
target->rela_dyn_section(layout),
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64,
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got
|
|
= target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
|
|
target->rela_dyn_section(layout),
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC:
|
|
target->define_tls_base_symbol(symtab, layout);
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create reserved PLT and GOT entries for the resolver.
|
|
target->reserve_tlsdesc_entries(symtab, layout);
|
|
|
|
// Create a double GOT entry with an R_X86_64_TLSDESC
|
|
// reloc. The R_X86_64_TLSDESC reloc is resolved
|
|
// lazily, so the GOT entry needs to be in an area in
|
|
// .got.plt, not .got. Call got_section to make sure
|
|
// the section has been created.
|
|
target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got = target->got_tlsdesc_section();
|
|
Reloc_section* rt = target->rela_tlsdesc_section(layout);
|
|
got->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC, rt,
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got
|
|
= target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
|
|
target->rela_dyn_section(layout),
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create a GOT entry for the module index.
|
|
target->got_mod_index_entry(symtab, layout, object);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec
|
|
layout->set_has_static_tls();
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got
|
|
= target->got_section(symtab, layout);
|
|
got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
|
|
target->rela_dyn_section(layout),
|
|
elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type != tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec
|
|
layout->set_has_static_tls();
|
|
if (parameters->options().shared())
|
|
unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_unreachable();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE64:
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
|
|
object->name().c_str(), r_type,
|
|
gsym->demangled_name().c_str());
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
size_t local_symbol_count,
|
|
const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
|
|
{
|
|
typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false>
|
|
Classify_reloc;
|
|
|
|
if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
|
|
{
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gold::gc_process_relocs<size, false, Target_x86_64<size>, Scan,
|
|
Classify_reloc>(
|
|
symtab,
|
|
layout,
|
|
this,
|
|
object,
|
|
data_shndx,
|
|
prelocs,
|
|
reloc_count,
|
|
output_section,
|
|
needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
local_symbol_count,
|
|
plocal_symbols);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
// Scan relocations for a section.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
size_t local_symbol_count,
|
|
const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
|
|
{
|
|
typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false>
|
|
Classify_reloc;
|
|
|
|
if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_error(_("%s: unsupported REL reloc section"),
|
|
object->name().c_str());
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gold::scan_relocs<size, false, Target_x86_64<size>, Scan, Classify_reloc>(
|
|
symtab,
|
|
layout,
|
|
this,
|
|
object,
|
|
data_shndx,
|
|
prelocs,
|
|
reloc_count,
|
|
output_section,
|
|
needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
local_symbol_count,
|
|
plocal_symbols);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Finalize the sections.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::do_finalize_sections(
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
const Input_objects*,
|
|
Symbol_table* symtab)
|
|
{
|
|
const Reloc_section* rel_plt = (this->plt_ == NULL
|
|
? NULL
|
|
: this->plt_->rela_plt());
|
|
layout->add_target_dynamic_tags(false, this->got_plt_, rel_plt,
|
|
this->rela_dyn_, true, false);
|
|
|
|
// Fill in some more dynamic tags.
|
|
Output_data_dynamic* const odyn = layout->dynamic_data();
|
|
if (odyn != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (this->plt_ != NULL
|
|
&& this->plt_->output_section() != NULL
|
|
&& this->plt_->has_tlsdesc_entry())
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset = this->plt_->get_tlsdesc_plt_offset();
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = this->plt_->get_tlsdesc_got_offset();
|
|
this->got_->finalize_data_size();
|
|
odyn->add_section_plus_offset(elfcpp::DT_TLSDESC_PLT,
|
|
this->plt_, plt_offset);
|
|
odyn->add_section_plus_offset(elfcpp::DT_TLSDESC_GOT,
|
|
this->got_, got_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
|
|
// relocs.
|
|
if (this->copy_relocs_.any_saved_relocs())
|
|
this->copy_relocs_.emit(this->rela_dyn_section(layout));
|
|
|
|
// Set the size of the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the size of
|
|
// the .got.plt section.
|
|
Symbol* sym = this->global_offset_table_;
|
|
if (sym != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
uint64_t data_size = this->got_plt_->current_data_size();
|
|
symtab->get_sized_symbol<size>(sym)->set_symsize(data_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (parameters->doing_static_link()
|
|
&& (this->plt_ == NULL || !this->plt_->has_irelative_section()))
|
|
{
|
|
// If linking statically, make sure that the __rela_iplt symbols
|
|
// were defined if necessary, even if we didn't create a PLT.
|
|
static const Define_symbol_in_segment syms[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
"__rela_iplt_start", // name
|
|
elfcpp::PT_LOAD, // segment_type
|
|
elfcpp::PF_W, // segment_flags_set
|
|
elfcpp::PF(0), // segment_flags_clear
|
|
0, // value
|
|
0, // size
|
|
elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE, // type
|
|
elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, // binding
|
|
elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, // visibility
|
|
0, // nonvis
|
|
Symbol::SEGMENT_START, // offset_from_base
|
|
true // only_if_ref
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"__rela_iplt_end", // name
|
|
elfcpp::PT_LOAD, // segment_type
|
|
elfcpp::PF_W, // segment_flags_set
|
|
elfcpp::PF(0), // segment_flags_clear
|
|
0, // value
|
|
0, // size
|
|
elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE, // type
|
|
elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, // binding
|
|
elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, // visibility
|
|
0, // nonvis
|
|
Symbol::SEGMENT_START, // offset_from_base
|
|
true // only_if_ref
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
symtab->define_symbols(layout, 2, syms,
|
|
layout->script_options()->saw_sections_clause());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For x32, we need to handle PC-relative relocations using full 64-bit
|
|
// arithmetic, so that we can detect relocation overflows properly.
|
|
// This class overrides the pcrela32_check methods from the defaults in
|
|
// Relocate_functions in reloc.h.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
class X86_64_relocate_functions : public Relocate_functions<size, false>
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
typedef Relocate_functions<size, false> Base;
|
|
|
|
// Do a simple PC relative relocation with the addend in the
|
|
// relocation.
|
|
static inline typename Base::Reloc_status
|
|
pcrela32_check(unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword addend,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr address)
|
|
{
|
|
typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::Valtype Valtype;
|
|
Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
|
|
value = value + addend - address;
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(wv, value);
|
|
return (Bits<32>::has_overflow(value)
|
|
? Base::RELOC_OVERFLOW : Base::RELOC_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do a simple PC relative relocation with a Symbol_value with the
|
|
// addend in the relocation.
|
|
static inline typename Base::Reloc_status
|
|
pcrela32_check(unsigned char* view,
|
|
const Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
const Symbol_value<size>* psymval,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword addend,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr address)
|
|
{
|
|
typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::Valtype Valtype;
|
|
Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Addr value;
|
|
if (addend >= 0)
|
|
value = psymval->value(object, addend);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// For negative addends, get the symbol value without
|
|
// the addend, then add the addend using 64-bit arithmetic.
|
|
value = psymval->value(object, 0);
|
|
value += addend;
|
|
}
|
|
value -= address;
|
|
elfcpp::Swap<32, false>::writeval(wv, value);
|
|
return (Bits<32>::has_overflow(value)
|
|
? Base::RELOC_OVERFLOW : Base::RELOC_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Perform a relocation.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline bool
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::relocate(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
unsigned int,
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>* target,
|
|
Output_section*,
|
|
size_t relnum,
|
|
const unsigned char* preloc,
|
|
const Sized_symbol<size>* gsym,
|
|
const Symbol_value<size>* psymval,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
typedef X86_64_relocate_functions<size> Reloc_funcs;
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false> rela(preloc);
|
|
unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<size>(rela.get_r_info());
|
|
|
|
if (this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32
|
|
&& r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL
|
|
&& r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX
|
|
&& r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND
|
|
&& r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND
|
|
&& r_type != elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32)
|
|
|| gsym == NULL
|
|
|| strcmp(gsym->name(), "__tls_get_addr") != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("missing expected TLS relocation"));
|
|
this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = false;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (view == NULL)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
const Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object = relinfo->object;
|
|
|
|
// Pick the value to use for symbols defined in the PLT.
|
|
Symbol_value<size> symval;
|
|
if (gsym != NULL
|
|
&& gsym->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
|
|
{
|
|
symval.set_output_value(target->plt_address_for_global(gsym));
|
|
psymval = &symval;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (gsym == NULL && psymval->is_ifunc_symbol())
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info());
|
|
if (object->local_has_plt_offset(r_sym))
|
|
{
|
|
symval.set_output_value(target->plt_address_for_local(object, r_sym));
|
|
psymval = &symval;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend = rela.get_r_addend();
|
|
|
|
// Get the GOT offset if needed.
|
|
// The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
|
|
// We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
|
|
// the actual offset to use in the relocation.
|
|
bool have_got_offset = false;
|
|
// Since the actual offset is always negative, we use signed int to
|
|
// support 64-bit GOT relocations.
|
|
int got_offset = 0;
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
|
|
if (gsym != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
|
|
got_offset = gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD) - target->got_size();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info());
|
|
gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
|
|
got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)
|
|
- target->got_size());
|
|
}
|
|
have_got_offset = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typename Reloc_funcs::Reloc_status rstatus = Reloc_funcs::RELOC_OK;
|
|
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_NONE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_64:
|
|
Reloc_funcs::rela64(view, object, psymval, addend);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC64:
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela64(view, object, psymval, addend,
|
|
address);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32:
|
|
rstatus = Reloc_funcs::rela32_check(view, object, psymval, addend,
|
|
Reloc_funcs::CHECK_UNSIGNED);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_32S:
|
|
rstatus = Reloc_funcs::rela32_check(view, object, psymval, addend,
|
|
Reloc_funcs::CHECK_SIGNED);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
|
|
rstatus = Reloc_funcs::pcrela32_check(view, object, psymval, addend,
|
|
address);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_16:
|
|
Reloc_funcs::rela16(view, object, psymval, addend);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC16:
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela16(view, object, psymval, addend, address);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_8:
|
|
Reloc_funcs::rela8(view, object, psymval, addend);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PC8:
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela8(view, object, psymval, addend, address);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLT32_BND:
|
|
gold_assert(gsym == NULL
|
|
|| gsym->has_plt_offset()
|
|
|| gsym->final_value_is_known()
|
|
|| (gsym->is_defined()
|
|
&& !gsym->is_from_dynobj()
|
|
&& !gsym->is_preemptible()));
|
|
// Note: while this code looks the same as for R_X86_64_PC32, it
|
|
// behaves differently because psymval was set to point to
|
|
// the PLT entry, rather than the symbol, in Scan::global().
|
|
rstatus = Reloc_funcs::pcrela32_check(view, object, psymval, addend,
|
|
address);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_PLTOFF64:
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym);
|
|
gold_assert(gsym->has_plt_offset()
|
|
|| gsym->final_value_is_known());
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address;
|
|
// This is the address of GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE.
|
|
got_address = target->got_plt_section()->address();
|
|
Reloc_funcs::rela64(view, object, psymval, addend - got_address);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT32:
|
|
gold_assert(have_got_offset);
|
|
Reloc_funcs::rela32(view, got_offset, addend);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32:
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym);
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value;
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address();
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela32_check(view, value, addend, address);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOT64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPLT64:
|
|
// R_X86_64_GOTPLT64 is obsolete and treated the same as
|
|
// GOT64.
|
|
gold_assert(have_got_offset);
|
|
Reloc_funcs::rela64(view, got_offset, addend);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC64:
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym);
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value;
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address();
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela64(view, value, addend, address);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTOFF64:
|
|
{
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr reladdr;
|
|
reladdr = target->got_plt_section()->address();
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela64(view, object, psymval, addend, reladdr);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
|
|
{
|
|
// Convert
|
|
// mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg
|
|
// to lea foo(%rip), %reg.
|
|
// if possible.
|
|
if (!parameters->incremental()
|
|
&& ((gsym == NULL
|
|
&& rela.get_r_offset() >= 2
|
|
&& view[-2] == 0x8b
|
|
&& !psymval->is_ifunc_symbol())
|
|
|| (gsym != NULL
|
|
&& rela.get_r_offset() >= 2
|
|
&& Target_x86_64<size>::can_convert_mov_to_lea(gsym, r_type,
|
|
0, &view))))
|
|
{
|
|
view[-2] = 0x8d;
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela32(view, object, psymval, addend, address);
|
|
}
|
|
// Convert
|
|
// callq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to
|
|
// addr32 callq foo
|
|
// and jmpq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to
|
|
// jmpq foo
|
|
// nop
|
|
else if (!parameters->incremental()
|
|
&& gsym != NULL
|
|
&& rela.get_r_offset() >= 2
|
|
&& Target_x86_64<size>::can_convert_callq_to_direct(gsym,
|
|
r_type,
|
|
0, &view))
|
|
{
|
|
if (view[-1] == 0x15)
|
|
{
|
|
// Convert callq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to addr32 callq.
|
|
// Opcode of addr32 is 0x67 and opcode of direct callq is 0xe8.
|
|
view[-2] = 0x67;
|
|
view[-1] = 0xe8;
|
|
// Convert GOTPCRELX to 32-bit pc relative reloc.
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela32(view, object, psymval, addend, address);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Convert jmpq *foo@GOTPCRELX(%rip) to
|
|
// jmpq foo
|
|
// nop
|
|
// The opcode of direct jmpq is 0xe9.
|
|
view[-2] = 0xe9;
|
|
// The opcode of nop is 0x90.
|
|
view[3] = 0x90;
|
|
// Convert GOTPCRELX to 32-bit pc relative reloc. jmpq is rip
|
|
// relative and since the instruction following the jmpq is now
|
|
// the nop, offset the address by 1 byte. The start of the
|
|
// relocation also moves ahead by 1 byte.
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela32(&view[-1], object, psymval, addend,
|
|
address - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (gsym != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
|
|
got_offset = (gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)
|
|
- target->got_size());
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info());
|
|
gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym,
|
|
GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
|
|
got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)
|
|
- target->got_size());
|
|
}
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value;
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela32_check(view, value, addend, address);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(have_got_offset);
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value;
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
|
|
Reloc_funcs::pcrela64(view, value, addend, address);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_COPY:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_RELATIVE:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_IRELATIVE:
|
|
// These are outstanding tls relocs, which are unexpected when linking
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPMOD64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC:
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
|
|
r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when linking
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url)
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec
|
|
this->relocate_tls(relinfo, target, relnum, rela, r_type, gsym, psymval,
|
|
view, address, view_size);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE32:
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_SIZE64:
|
|
default:
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("unsupported reloc %u"),
|
|
r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (rstatus == Reloc_funcs::RELOC_OVERFLOW)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gsym == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info());
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("relocation overflow: "
|
|
"reference to local symbol %u in %s"),
|
|
r_sym, object->name().c_str());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (gsym->is_defined() && gsym->source() == Symbol::FROM_OBJECT)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("relocation overflow: "
|
|
"reference to '%s' defined in %s"),
|
|
gsym->name(),
|
|
gsym->object()->name().c_str());
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("relocation overflow: reference to '%s'"),
|
|
gsym->name());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Perform a TLS relocation.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>* target,
|
|
size_t relnum,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
const Sized_symbol<size>* gsym,
|
|
const Symbol_value<size>* psymval,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
Output_segment* tls_segment = relinfo->layout->tls_segment();
|
|
|
|
const Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object = relinfo->object;
|
|
const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend = rela.get_r_addend();
|
|
elfcpp::Shdr<size, false> data_shdr(relinfo->data_shdr);
|
|
bool is_executable = (data_shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0;
|
|
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value = psymval->value(relinfo->object, 0);
|
|
|
|
const bool is_final = (gsym == NULL
|
|
? !parameters->options().shared()
|
|
: gsym->final_value_is_known());
|
|
tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
|
|
= Target_x86_64<size>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type);
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSGD: // Global-dynamic
|
|
if (!is_executable && optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
{
|
|
// If this code sequence is used in a non-executable section,
|
|
// we will not optimize the R_X86_64_DTPOFF32/64 relocation,
|
|
// on the assumption that it's being used by itself in a debug
|
|
// section. Therefore, in the unlikely event that the code
|
|
// sequence appears in a non-executable section, we simply
|
|
// leave it unoptimized.
|
|
optimized_type = tls::TLSOPT_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tls_segment == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0
|
|
|| issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
this->tls_gd_to_le(relinfo, relnum, tls_segment,
|
|
rela, r_type, value, view,
|
|
view_size);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int got_type = (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE
|
|
? GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
|
|
: GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR);
|
|
unsigned int got_offset;
|
|
if (gsym != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(got_type));
|
|
got_offset = gsym->got_offset(got_type) - target->got_size();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info());
|
|
gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, got_type));
|
|
got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, got_type)
|
|
- target->got_size());
|
|
}
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE)
|
|
{
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
|
|
this->tls_gd_to_ie(relinfo, relnum, rela, r_type,
|
|
value, view, address, view_size);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Relocate the field with the offset of the pair of GOT
|
|
// entries.
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend,
|
|
address);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("unsupported reloc %u"), r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC: // Global-dynamic (from ~oliva url)
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
|
|
if (!is_executable && optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
{
|
|
// See above comment for R_X86_64_TLSGD.
|
|
optimized_type = tls::TLSOPT_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tls_segment == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0
|
|
|| issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
this->tls_desc_gd_to_le(relinfo, relnum, tls_segment,
|
|
rela, r_type, value, view,
|
|
view_size);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int got_type = (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE
|
|
? GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
|
|
: GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC);
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = 0;
|
|
if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC
|
|
&& optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// We created GOT entries in the .got.tlsdesc portion of
|
|
// the .got.plt section, but the offset stored in the
|
|
// symbol is the offset within .got.tlsdesc.
|
|
got_offset = (target->got_size()
|
|
+ target->got_plt_section()->data_size());
|
|
}
|
|
if (gsym != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(got_type));
|
|
got_offset += gsym->got_offset(got_type) - target->got_size();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info());
|
|
gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, got_type));
|
|
got_offset += (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, got_type)
|
|
- target->got_size());
|
|
}
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE)
|
|
{
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
|
|
this->tls_desc_gd_to_ie(relinfo, relnum,
|
|
rela, r_type, value, view, address,
|
|
view_size);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC)
|
|
{
|
|
// Relocate the field with the offset of the pair of GOT
|
|
// entries.
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend,
|
|
address);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("unsupported reloc %u"), r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSLD: // Local-dynamic
|
|
if (!is_executable && optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
{
|
|
// See above comment for R_X86_64_TLSGD.
|
|
optimized_type = tls::TLSOPT_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tls_segment == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0
|
|
|| issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
this->tls_ld_to_le(relinfo, relnum, tls_segment, rela, r_type,
|
|
value, view, view_size);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
|
|
// the module index.
|
|
unsigned int got_offset;
|
|
got_offset = (target->got_mod_index_entry(NULL, NULL, NULL)
|
|
- target->got_size());
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend,
|
|
address);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("unsupported reloc %u"), r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
|
|
// This relocation type is used in debugging information.
|
|
// In that case we need to not optimize the value. If the
|
|
// section is not executable, then we assume we should not
|
|
// optimize this reloc. See comments above for R_X86_64_TLSGD,
|
|
// R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC, R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL, and
|
|
// R_X86_64_TLSLD.
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE && is_executable)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tls_segment == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0
|
|
|| issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
value -= tls_segment->memsz();
|
|
}
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view, value, addend);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
|
|
// See R_X86_64_DTPOFF32, just above, for why we check for is_executable.
|
|
if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE && is_executable)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tls_segment == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0
|
|
|| issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
value -= tls_segment->memsz();
|
|
}
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela64(view, value, addend);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: // Initial-exec
|
|
if (gsym != NULL
|
|
&& gsym->is_undefined()
|
|
&& parameters->options().output_is_executable())
|
|
{
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_ie_to_le(relinfo, relnum,
|
|
NULL, rela,
|
|
r_type, value, view,
|
|
view_size);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tls_segment == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0
|
|
|| issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_ie_to_le(relinfo, relnum,
|
|
tls_segment, rela,
|
|
r_type, value, view,
|
|
view_size);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
// Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
|
|
// the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
|
|
unsigned int got_offset;
|
|
if (gsym != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET));
|
|
got_offset = (gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET)
|
|
- target->got_size());
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(rela.get_r_info());
|
|
gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym,
|
|
GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET));
|
|
got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET)
|
|
- target->got_size());
|
|
}
|
|
value = target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend,
|
|
address);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
_("unsupported reloc type %u"),
|
|
r_type);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case elfcpp::R_X86_64_TPOFF32: // Local-exec
|
|
if (tls_segment == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(parameters->errors()->error_count() > 0
|
|
|| issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
value -= tls_segment->memsz();
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view, value, addend);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do a relocation in which we convert a TLS General-Dynamic to an
|
|
// Initial-Exec.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_gd_to_ie(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
size_t relnum,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela,
|
|
unsigned int,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
// For SIZE == 64:
|
|
// .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi;
|
|
// .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
|
|
// ==> movq %fs:0,%rax; addq x@gottpoff(%rip),%rax
|
|
// .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi;
|
|
// .word 0x66; rex64; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
|
|
// ==> movq %fs:0,%rax; addq x@gottpoff(%rip),%rax
|
|
// For SIZE == 32:
|
|
// leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi;
|
|
// .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
|
|
// ==> movl %fs:0,%eax; addq x@gottpoff(%rip),%rax
|
|
// leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi;
|
|
// .word 0x66; rex64; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
|
|
// ==> movl %fs:0,%eax; addq x@gottpoff(%rip),%rax
|
|
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 12);
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
(memcmp(view + 4, "\x66\x66\x48\xe8", 4) == 0
|
|
|| memcmp(view + 4, "\x66\x48\xff", 3) == 0));
|
|
|
|
if (size == 64)
|
|
{
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size,
|
|
-4);
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
(memcmp(view - 4, "\x66\x48\x8d\x3d", 4) == 0));
|
|
memcpy(view - 4, "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05\0\0\0\0",
|
|
16);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size,
|
|
-3);
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
(memcmp(view - 3, "\x48\x8d\x3d", 3) == 0));
|
|
memcpy(view - 3, "\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05\0\0\0\0",
|
|
15);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend = rela.get_r_addend();
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view + 8, value, addend - 8,
|
|
address);
|
|
|
|
// The next reloc should be a PLT32 reloc against __tls_get_addr.
|
|
// We can skip it.
|
|
this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do a relocation in which we convert a TLS General-Dynamic to a
|
|
// Local-Exec.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_gd_to_le(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
size_t relnum,
|
|
Output_segment* tls_segment,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela,
|
|
unsigned int,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
section_size_type view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
// For SIZE == 64:
|
|
// .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi;
|
|
// .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
|
|
// ==> movq %fs:0,%rax; leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rax
|
|
// .byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi;
|
|
// .word 0x66; rex64; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
|
|
// ==> movq %fs:0,%rax; leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rax
|
|
// For SIZE == 32:
|
|
// leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi;
|
|
// .word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
|
|
// ==> movl %fs:0,%eax; leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rax
|
|
// leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip),%rdi;
|
|
// .word 0x66; rex64; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
|
|
// ==> movl %fs:0,%eax; leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rax
|
|
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 12);
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
(memcmp(view + 4, "\x66\x66\x48\xe8", 4) == 0
|
|
|| memcmp(view + 4, "\x66\x48\xff", 3) == 0));
|
|
|
|
if (size == 64)
|
|
{
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size,
|
|
-4);
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
(memcmp(view - 4, "\x66\x48\x8d\x3d", 4) == 0));
|
|
memcpy(view - 4, "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80\0\0\0\0",
|
|
16);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size,
|
|
-3);
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
(memcmp(view - 3, "\x48\x8d\x3d", 3) == 0));
|
|
|
|
memcpy(view - 3, "\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80\0\0\0\0",
|
|
15);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
value -= tls_segment->memsz();
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view + 8, value, 0);
|
|
|
|
// The next reloc should be a PLT32 reloc against __tls_get_addr.
|
|
// We can skip it.
|
|
this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do a TLSDESC-style General-Dynamic to Initial-Exec transition.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_desc_gd_to_ie(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
size_t relnum,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC)
|
|
{
|
|
// LP64: leaq foo@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax
|
|
// ==> movq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %rax
|
|
// X32: rex leal foo@tlsdesc(%rip), %eax
|
|
// ==> rex movl foo@gottpoff(%rip), %eax
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, -3);
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 4);
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
(((view[-3] & 0xfb) == 0x48
|
|
|| (size == 32 && (view[-3] & 0xfb) == 0x40))
|
|
&& view[-2] == 0x8d
|
|
&& (view[-1] & 0xc7) == 0x05));
|
|
view[-2] = 0x8b;
|
|
const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend = rela.get_r_addend();
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::pcrela32(view, value, addend, address);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// LP64: call *foo@tlscall(%rax)
|
|
// ==> xchg %ax, %ax
|
|
// X32: call *foo@tlscall(%eax)
|
|
// ==> nopl (%rax)
|
|
gold_assert(r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL);
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 2);
|
|
int prefix = 0;
|
|
if (size == 32 && view[0] == 0x67)
|
|
{
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
view_size, 3);
|
|
prefix = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
view[prefix] == 0xff && view[prefix + 1] == 0x10);
|
|
if (prefix)
|
|
{
|
|
view[0] = 0x0f;
|
|
view[1] = 0x1f;
|
|
view[2] = 0x00;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
view[0] = 0x66;
|
|
view[1] = 0x90;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do a TLSDESC-style General-Dynamic to Local-Exec transition.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_desc_gd_to_le(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
size_t relnum,
|
|
Output_segment* tls_segment,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
section_size_type view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
if (r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC)
|
|
{
|
|
// LP64: leaq foo@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax
|
|
// ==> movq foo@tpoff, %rax
|
|
// X32: rex leal foo@tlsdesc(%rip), %eax
|
|
// ==> rex movl foo@tpoff, %eax
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, -3);
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 4);
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
(((view[-3] & 0xfb) == 0x48
|
|
|| (size == 32 && (view[-3] & 0xfb) == 0x40))
|
|
&& view[-2] == 0x8d
|
|
&& (view[-1] & 0xc7) == 0x05));
|
|
view[-3] = (view[-3] & 0x48) | ((view[-3] >> 2) & 1);
|
|
view[-2] = 0xc7;
|
|
view[-1] = 0xc0 | ((view[-1] >> 3) & 7);
|
|
value -= tls_segment->memsz();
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view, value, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// LP64: call *foo@tlscall(%rax)
|
|
// ==> xchg %ax, %ax
|
|
// X32: call *foo@tlscall(%eax)
|
|
// ==> nopl (%rax)
|
|
gold_assert(r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL);
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 2);
|
|
int prefix = 0;
|
|
if (size == 32 && view[0] == 0x67)
|
|
{
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
view_size, 3);
|
|
prefix = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
view[prefix] == 0xff && view[prefix + 1] == 0x10);
|
|
if (prefix)
|
|
{
|
|
view[0] = 0x0f;
|
|
view[1] = 0x1f;
|
|
view[2] = 0x00;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
view[0] = 0x66;
|
|
view[1] = 0x90;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_ld_to_le(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
size_t relnum,
|
|
Output_segment*,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela,
|
|
unsigned int,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
section_size_type view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
// leaq foo@tlsld(%rip),%rdi; call __tls_get_addr@plt;
|
|
// For SIZE == 64:
|
|
// ... leq foo@dtpoff(%rax),%reg
|
|
// ==> .word 0x6666; .byte 0x66; movq %fs:0,%rax ... leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rdx
|
|
// For SIZE == 32:
|
|
// ... leq foo@dtpoff(%rax),%reg
|
|
// ==> nopl 0x0(%rax); movl %fs:0,%eax ... leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rdx
|
|
// leaq foo@tlsld(%rip),%rdi; call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
|
|
// For SIZE == 64:
|
|
// ... leq foo@dtpoff(%rax),%reg
|
|
// ==> .word 0x6666; .byte 0x6666; movq %fs:0,%rax ... leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rdx
|
|
// For SIZE == 32:
|
|
// ... leq foo@dtpoff(%rax),%reg
|
|
// ==> nopw 0x0(%rax); movl %fs:0,%eax ... leaq x@tpoff(%rax),%rdx
|
|
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, -3);
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 9);
|
|
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
view[-3] == 0x48 && view[-2] == 0x8d && view[-1] == 0x3d);
|
|
|
|
tls::check_tls(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(),
|
|
view[4] == 0xe8 || view[4] == 0xff);
|
|
|
|
if (view[4] == 0xe8)
|
|
{
|
|
if (size == 64)
|
|
memcpy(view - 3, "\x66\x66\x66\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0", 12);
|
|
else
|
|
memcpy(view - 3, "\x0f\x1f\x40\x00\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0", 12);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (size == 64)
|
|
memcpy(view - 3, "\x66\x66\x66\x66\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0",
|
|
13);
|
|
else
|
|
memcpy(view - 3, "\x66\x0f\x1f\x40\x00\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0",
|
|
13);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The next reloc should be a PLT32 reloc against __tls_get_addr.
|
|
// We can skip it.
|
|
this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_ = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do a relocation in which we convert a TLS Initial-Exec to a
|
|
// Local-Exec.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
inline void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate::tls_ie_to_le(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
size_t relnum,
|
|
Output_segment* tls_segment,
|
|
const elfcpp::Rela<size, false>& rela,
|
|
unsigned int,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr value,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
section_size_type view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
// We need to examine the opcodes to figure out which instruction we
|
|
// are looking at.
|
|
|
|
// movq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%reg ==> movq $YY,%reg
|
|
// addq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%reg ==> addq $YY,%reg
|
|
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, -3);
|
|
tls::check_range(relinfo, relnum, rela.get_r_offset(), view_size, 4);
|
|
|
|
unsigned char op1 = view[-3];
|
|
unsigned char op2 = view[-2];
|
|
unsigned char op3 = view[-1];
|
|
unsigned char reg = op3 >> 3;
|
|
|
|
if (op2 == 0x8b)
|
|
{
|
|
// movq
|
|
if (op1 == 0x4c)
|
|
view[-3] = 0x49;
|
|
else if (size == 32 && op1 == 0x44)
|
|
view[-3] = 0x41;
|
|
view[-2] = 0xc7;
|
|
view[-1] = 0xc0 | reg;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (reg == 4)
|
|
{
|
|
// Special handling for %rsp.
|
|
if (op1 == 0x4c)
|
|
view[-3] = 0x49;
|
|
else if (size == 32 && op1 == 0x44)
|
|
view[-3] = 0x41;
|
|
view[-2] = 0x81;
|
|
view[-1] = 0xc0 | reg;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// addq
|
|
if (op1 == 0x4c)
|
|
view[-3] = 0x4d;
|
|
else if (size == 32 && op1 == 0x44)
|
|
view[-3] = 0x45;
|
|
view[-2] = 0x8d;
|
|
view[-1] = 0x80 | reg | (reg << 3);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (tls_segment != NULL)
|
|
value -= tls_segment->memsz();
|
|
Relocate_functions<size, false>::rela32(view, value, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Relocate section data.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::relocate_section(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size,
|
|
const Reloc_symbol_changes* reloc_symbol_changes)
|
|
{
|
|
typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false>
|
|
Classify_reloc;
|
|
|
|
gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA);
|
|
|
|
gold::relocate_section<size, false, Target_x86_64<size>, Relocate,
|
|
gold::Default_comdat_behavior, Classify_reloc>(
|
|
relinfo,
|
|
this,
|
|
prelocs,
|
|
reloc_count,
|
|
output_section,
|
|
needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
view,
|
|
address,
|
|
view_size,
|
|
reloc_symbol_changes);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Apply an incremental relocation. Incremental relocations always refer
|
|
// to global symbols.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::apply_relocation(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr r_offset,
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Swxword r_addend,
|
|
const Symbol* gsym,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
gold::apply_relocation<size, false, Target_x86_64<size>,
|
|
typename Target_x86_64<size>::Relocate>(
|
|
relinfo,
|
|
this,
|
|
r_offset,
|
|
r_type,
|
|
r_addend,
|
|
gsym,
|
|
view,
|
|
address,
|
|
view_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
|
|
Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
size_t local_symbol_count,
|
|
const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
|
|
Relocatable_relocs* rr)
|
|
{
|
|
typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false>
|
|
Classify_reloc;
|
|
typedef gold::Default_scan_relocatable_relocs<Classify_reloc>
|
|
Scan_relocatable_relocs;
|
|
|
|
gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA);
|
|
|
|
gold::scan_relocatable_relocs<size, false, Scan_relocatable_relocs>(
|
|
symtab,
|
|
layout,
|
|
object,
|
|
data_shndx,
|
|
prelocs,
|
|
reloc_count,
|
|
output_section,
|
|
needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
local_symbol_count,
|
|
plocal_symbols,
|
|
rr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Scan the relocs for --emit-relocs.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::emit_relocs_scan(
|
|
Symbol_table* symtab,
|
|
Layout* layout,
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, false>* object,
|
|
unsigned int data_shndx,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
bool needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
size_t local_symbol_count,
|
|
const unsigned char* plocal_syms,
|
|
Relocatable_relocs* rr)
|
|
{
|
|
typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false>
|
|
Classify_reloc;
|
|
typedef gold::Default_emit_relocs_strategy<Classify_reloc>
|
|
Emit_relocs_strategy;
|
|
|
|
gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA);
|
|
|
|
gold::scan_relocatable_relocs<size, false, Emit_relocs_strategy>(
|
|
symtab,
|
|
layout,
|
|
object,
|
|
data_shndx,
|
|
prelocs,
|
|
reloc_count,
|
|
output_section,
|
|
needs_special_offset_handling,
|
|
local_symbol_count,
|
|
plocal_syms,
|
|
rr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::relocate_relocs(
|
|
const Relocate_info<size, false>* relinfo,
|
|
unsigned int sh_type,
|
|
const unsigned char* prelocs,
|
|
size_t reloc_count,
|
|
Output_section* output_section,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr view_address,
|
|
section_size_type view_size,
|
|
unsigned char* reloc_view,
|
|
section_size_type reloc_view_size)
|
|
{
|
|
typedef gold::Default_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, false>
|
|
Classify_reloc;
|
|
|
|
gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA);
|
|
|
|
gold::relocate_relocs<size, false, Classify_reloc>(
|
|
relinfo,
|
|
prelocs,
|
|
reloc_count,
|
|
output_section,
|
|
offset_in_output_section,
|
|
view,
|
|
view_address,
|
|
view_size,
|
|
reloc_view,
|
|
reloc_view_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the value to use for a dynamic which requires special
|
|
// treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
|
|
// pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
|
|
// processor specific ABI supplement.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol* gsym) const
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(gsym->is_from_dynobj() && gsym->has_plt_offset());
|
|
return this->plt_address_for_global(gsym);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return a string used to fill a code section with nops to take up
|
|
// the specified length.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
std::string
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::do_code_fill(section_size_type length) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (length >= 16)
|
|
{
|
|
// Build a jmpq instruction to skip over the bytes.
|
|
unsigned char jmp[5];
|
|
jmp[0] = 0xe9;
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(jmp + 1, length - 5);
|
|
return (std::string(reinterpret_cast<char*>(&jmp[0]), 5)
|
|
+ std::string(length - 5, static_cast<char>(0x90)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Nop sequences of various lengths.
|
|
const char nop1[1] = { '\x90' }; // nop
|
|
const char nop2[2] = { '\x66', '\x90' }; // xchg %ax %ax
|
|
const char nop3[3] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x00' }; // nop (%rax)
|
|
const char nop4[4] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x40', // nop 0(%rax)
|
|
'\x00'};
|
|
const char nop5[5] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x44', // nop 0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x00', '\x00' };
|
|
const char nop6[6] = { '\x66', '\x0f', '\x1f', // nopw 0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x44', '\x00', '\x00' };
|
|
const char nop7[7] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x80', // nopl 0L(%rax)
|
|
'\x00', '\x00', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00' };
|
|
const char nop8[8] = { '\x0f', '\x1f', '\x84', // nopl 0L(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x00', '\x00', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00', '\x00' };
|
|
const char nop9[9] = { '\x66', '\x0f', '\x1f', // nopw 0L(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x84', '\x00', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00', '\x00', '\x00' };
|
|
const char nop10[10] = { '\x66', '\x2e', '\x0f', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x1f', '\x84', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00', '\x00', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00' };
|
|
const char nop11[11] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x2e', // data16
|
|
'\x0f', '\x1f', '\x84', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x00', '\x00', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00', '\x00' };
|
|
const char nop12[12] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16
|
|
'\x2e', '\x0f', '\x1f', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x84', '\x00', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00', '\x00', '\x00' };
|
|
const char nop13[13] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16; data16
|
|
'\x66', '\x2e', '\x0f', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x1f', '\x84', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00', '\x00', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00' };
|
|
const char nop14[14] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16; data16
|
|
'\x66', '\x66', '\x2e', // data16
|
|
'\x0f', '\x1f', '\x84', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x00', '\x00', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00', '\x00' };
|
|
const char nop15[15] = { '\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16; data16
|
|
'\x66', '\x66', '\x66', // data16; data16
|
|
'\x2e', '\x0f', '\x1f', // nopw %cs:0L(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
'\x84', '\x00', '\x00',
|
|
'\x00', '\x00', '\x00' };
|
|
|
|
const char* nops[16] = {
|
|
NULL,
|
|
nop1, nop2, nop3, nop4, nop5, nop6, nop7,
|
|
nop8, nop9, nop10, nop11, nop12, nop13, nop14, nop15
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
return std::string(nops[length], length);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the addend to use for a target specific relocation. The
|
|
// only target specific relocation is R_X86_64_TLSDESC for a local
|
|
// symbol. We want to set the addend is the offset of the local
|
|
// symbol in the TLS segment.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::do_reloc_addend(void* arg, unsigned int r_type,
|
|
uint64_t) const
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(r_type == elfcpp::R_X86_64_TLSDESC);
|
|
uintptr_t intarg = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(arg);
|
|
gold_assert(intarg < this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_.size());
|
|
const Tlsdesc_info& ti(this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_[intarg]);
|
|
const Symbol_value<size>* psymval = ti.object->local_symbol(ti.r_sym);
|
|
gold_assert(psymval->is_tls_symbol());
|
|
// The value of a TLS symbol is the offset in the TLS segment.
|
|
return psymval->value(ti.object, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return the value to use for the base of a DW_EH_PE_datarel offset
|
|
// in an FDE. Solaris and SVR4 use DW_EH_PE_datarel because their
|
|
// assembler can not write out the difference between two labels in
|
|
// different sections, so instead of using a pc-relative value they
|
|
// use an offset from the GOT.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::do_ehframe_datarel_base() const
|
|
{
|
|
gold_assert(this->global_offset_table_ != NULL);
|
|
Symbol* sym = this->global_offset_table_;
|
|
Sized_symbol<size>* ssym = static_cast<Sized_symbol<size>*>(sym);
|
|
return ssym->value();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FNOFFSET in section SHNDX in OBJECT is the start of a function
|
|
// compiled with -fsplit-stack. The function calls non-split-stack
|
|
// code. We have to change the function so that it always ensures
|
|
// that it has enough stack space to run some random function.
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned char cmp_insn_32[] = { 0x64, 0x3b, 0x24, 0x25 };
|
|
static const unsigned char lea_r10_insn_32[] = { 0x44, 0x8d, 0x94, 0x24 };
|
|
static const unsigned char lea_r11_insn_32[] = { 0x44, 0x8d, 0x9c, 0x24 };
|
|
|
|
static const unsigned char cmp_insn_64[] = { 0x64, 0x48, 0x3b, 0x24, 0x25 };
|
|
static const unsigned char lea_r10_insn_64[] = { 0x4c, 0x8d, 0x94, 0x24 };
|
|
static const unsigned char lea_r11_insn_64[] = { 0x4c, 0x8d, 0x9c, 0x24 };
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Target_x86_64<size>::do_calls_non_split(Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
|
|
section_offset_type fnoffset,
|
|
section_size_type fnsize,
|
|
const unsigned char*,
|
|
size_t,
|
|
unsigned char* view,
|
|
section_size_type view_size,
|
|
std::string* from,
|
|
std::string* to) const
|
|
{
|
|
const char* const cmp_insn = reinterpret_cast<const char*>
|
|
(size == 32 ? cmp_insn_32 : cmp_insn_64);
|
|
const char* const lea_r10_insn = reinterpret_cast<const char*>
|
|
(size == 32 ? lea_r10_insn_32 : lea_r10_insn_64);
|
|
const char* const lea_r11_insn = reinterpret_cast<const char*>
|
|
(size == 32 ? lea_r11_insn_32 : lea_r11_insn_64);
|
|
|
|
const size_t cmp_insn_len =
|
|
(size == 32 ? sizeof(cmp_insn_32) : sizeof(cmp_insn_64));
|
|
const size_t lea_r10_insn_len =
|
|
(size == 32 ? sizeof(lea_r10_insn_32) : sizeof(lea_r10_insn_64));
|
|
const size_t lea_r11_insn_len =
|
|
(size == 32 ? sizeof(lea_r11_insn_32) : sizeof(lea_r11_insn_64));
|
|
const size_t nop_len = (size == 32 ? 7 : 8);
|
|
|
|
// The function starts with a comparison of the stack pointer and a
|
|
// field in the TCB. This is followed by a jump.
|
|
|
|
// cmp %fs:NN,%rsp
|
|
if (this->match_view(view, view_size, fnoffset, cmp_insn, cmp_insn_len)
|
|
&& fnsize > nop_len + 1)
|
|
{
|
|
// We will call __morestack if the carry flag is set after this
|
|
// comparison. We turn the comparison into an stc instruction
|
|
// and some nops.
|
|
view[fnoffset] = '\xf9';
|
|
this->set_view_to_nop(view, view_size, fnoffset + 1, nop_len);
|
|
}
|
|
// lea NN(%rsp),%r10
|
|
// lea NN(%rsp),%r11
|
|
else if ((this->match_view(view, view_size, fnoffset,
|
|
lea_r10_insn, lea_r10_insn_len)
|
|
|| this->match_view(view, view_size, fnoffset,
|
|
lea_r11_insn, lea_r11_insn_len))
|
|
&& fnsize > 8)
|
|
{
|
|
// This is loading an offset from the stack pointer for a
|
|
// comparison. The offset is negative, so we decrease the
|
|
// offset by the amount of space we need for the stack. This
|
|
// means we will avoid calling __morestack if there happens to
|
|
// be plenty of space on the stack already.
|
|
unsigned char* pval = view + fnoffset + 4;
|
|
uint32_t val = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::readval(pval);
|
|
val -= parameters->options().split_stack_adjust_size();
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pval, val);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!object->has_no_split_stack())
|
|
object->error(_("failed to match split-stack sequence at "
|
|
"section %u offset %0zx"),
|
|
shndx, static_cast<size_t>(fnoffset));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We have to change the function so that it calls
|
|
// __morestack_non_split instead of __morestack. The former will
|
|
// allocate additional stack space.
|
|
*from = "__morestack";
|
|
*to = "__morestack_non_split";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The selector for x86_64 object files. Note this is never instantiated
|
|
// directly. It's only used in Target_selector_x86_64_nacl, below.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
class Target_selector_x86_64 : public Target_selector_freebsd
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Target_selector_x86_64()
|
|
: Target_selector_freebsd(elfcpp::EM_X86_64, size, false,
|
|
(size == 64
|
|
? "elf64-x86-64" : "elf32-x86-64"),
|
|
(size == 64
|
|
? "elf64-x86-64-freebsd"
|
|
: "elf32-x86-64-freebsd"),
|
|
(size == 64 ? "elf_x86_64" : "elf32_x86_64"))
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
Target*
|
|
do_instantiate_target()
|
|
{ return new Target_x86_64<size>(); }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// NaCl variant. It uses different PLT contents.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
class Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl : public Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative)
|
|
: Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size,
|
|
got, got_plt, got_irelative)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
: Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>(layout, plt_entry_size,
|
|
got, got_plt, got_irelative,
|
|
plt_count)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_get_plt_entry_size() const
|
|
{ return plt_entry_size; }
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_add_eh_frame(Layout* layout)
|
|
{
|
|
layout->add_eh_frame_for_plt(this,
|
|
this->plt_eh_frame_cie,
|
|
this->plt_eh_frame_cie_size,
|
|
plt_eh_frame_fde,
|
|
plt_eh_frame_fde_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_addr,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_addr);
|
|
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
|
do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index);
|
|
|
|
virtual void
|
|
do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset);
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
// The size of an entry in the PLT.
|
|
static const int plt_entry_size = 64;
|
|
|
|
// The first entry in the PLT.
|
|
static const unsigned char first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// Other entries in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
static const unsigned char plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable.
|
|
static const unsigned char tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size];
|
|
|
|
// The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT.
|
|
static const int plt_eh_frame_fde_size = 32;
|
|
static const unsigned char plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
class Target_x86_64_nacl : public Target_x86_64<size>
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Target_x86_64_nacl()
|
|
: Target_x86_64<size>(&x86_64_nacl_info)
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
virtual Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>*
|
|
do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative)
|
|
{
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual Output_data_plt_x86_64<size>*
|
|
do_make_data_plt(Layout* layout,
|
|
Output_data_got<64, false>* got,
|
|
Output_data_got_plt_x86_64* got_plt,
|
|
Output_data_space* got_irelative,
|
|
unsigned int plt_count)
|
|
{
|
|
return new Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>(layout, got, got_plt,
|
|
got_irelative,
|
|
plt_count);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual std::string
|
|
do_code_fill(section_size_type length) const;
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
static const Target::Target_info x86_64_nacl_info;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const Target::Target_info Target_x86_64_nacl<64>::x86_64_nacl_info =
|
|
{
|
|
64, // size
|
|
false, // is_big_endian
|
|
elfcpp::EM_X86_64, // machine_code
|
|
false, // has_make_symbol
|
|
false, // has_resolve
|
|
true, // has_code_fill
|
|
true, // is_default_stack_executable
|
|
true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
|
|
'\0', // wrap_char
|
|
"/lib64/ld-nacl-x86-64.so.1", // dynamic_linker
|
|
0x20000, // default_text_segment_address
|
|
0x10000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
|
|
0x10000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
|
|
true, // isolate_execinstr
|
|
0x10000000, // rosegment_gap
|
|
elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx
|
|
elfcpp::SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON, // large_common_shndx
|
|
0, // small_common_section_flags
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE, // large_common_section_flags
|
|
NULL, // attributes_section
|
|
NULL, // attributes_vendor
|
|
"_start", // entry_symbol_name
|
|
32, // hash_entry_size
|
|
elfcpp::SHT_X86_64_UNWIND, // unwind_section_type
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<>
|
|
const Target::Target_info Target_x86_64_nacl<32>::x86_64_nacl_info =
|
|
{
|
|
32, // size
|
|
false, // is_big_endian
|
|
elfcpp::EM_X86_64, // machine_code
|
|
false, // has_make_symbol
|
|
false, // has_resolve
|
|
true, // has_code_fill
|
|
true, // is_default_stack_executable
|
|
true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
|
|
'\0', // wrap_char
|
|
"/lib/ld-nacl-x86-64.so.1", // dynamic_linker
|
|
0x20000, // default_text_segment_address
|
|
0x10000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
|
|
0x10000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
|
|
true, // isolate_execinstr
|
|
0x10000000, // rosegment_gap
|
|
elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx
|
|
elfcpp::SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON, // large_common_shndx
|
|
0, // small_common_section_flags
|
|
elfcpp::SHF_X86_64_LARGE, // large_common_section_flags
|
|
NULL, // attributes_section
|
|
NULL, // attributes_vendor
|
|
"_start", // entry_symbol_name
|
|
32, // hash_entry_size
|
|
elfcpp::SHT_X86_64_UNWIND, // unwind_section_type
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define NACLMASK 0xe0 // 32-byte alignment mask.
|
|
|
|
// The first entry in the PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::first_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
0xff, 0x35, // pushq contents of memory address
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 8
|
|
0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, // mov GOT+16(%rip), %r11
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of .got + 16
|
|
0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK, // and $-32, %r11d
|
|
0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb, // add %r15, %r11
|
|
0x41, 0xff, 0xe3, // jmpq *%r11
|
|
|
|
// 9-byte nop sequence to pad out to the next 32-byte boundary.
|
|
0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
|
|
// 32 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size
|
|
0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes
|
|
0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes
|
|
0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
0x66, // excess data32 prefix
|
|
0x90 // nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::do_fill_first_plt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(pov, first_plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2,
|
|
(got_address + 8
|
|
- (plt_address + 2 + 4)));
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9,
|
|
(got_address + 16
|
|
- (plt_address + 9 + 4)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Subsequent entries in the PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, // mov name@GOTPCREL(%rip),%r11
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of symbol in .got
|
|
0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK, // and $-32, %r11d
|
|
0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb, // add %r15, %r11
|
|
0x41, 0xff, 0xe3, // jmpq *%r11
|
|
|
|
// 15-byte nop sequence to pad out to the next 32-byte boundary.
|
|
0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes
|
|
0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
|
|
// Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned).
|
|
0x68, // pushq immediate
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with index into relocation table
|
|
0xe9, // jmp relative
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset to start of .plt0
|
|
|
|
// 22 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size.
|
|
0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes
|
|
0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
0x0f, 0x1f, 0x80, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopl 0x0(%rax)
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::do_fill_plt_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
unsigned int got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_index)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(pov, plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 3,
|
|
(got_address + got_offset
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset
|
|
+ 3 + 4)));
|
|
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 33, plt_index);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 38,
|
|
- (plt_offset + 38 + 4));
|
|
|
|
return 32;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::tlsdesc_plt_entry[plt_entry_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
0xff, 0x35, // pushq x(%rip)
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with address of linkmap GOT entry (at PLTGOT + 8)
|
|
0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, // mov y(%rip),%r11
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // replaced with offset of reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry
|
|
0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK, // and $-32, %r11d
|
|
0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb, // add %r15, %r11
|
|
0x41, 0xff, 0xe3, // jmpq *%r11
|
|
|
|
// 41 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size.
|
|
0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes
|
|
0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes
|
|
0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
0x66, 0x66, // excess data32 prefixes
|
|
0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
void
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(
|
|
unsigned char* pov,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr plt_address,
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr got_base,
|
|
unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset,
|
|
unsigned int plt_offset)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(pov, tlsdesc_plt_entry, plt_entry_size);
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 2,
|
|
(got_address + 8
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset
|
|
+ 2 + 4)));
|
|
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, false>::writeval(pov + 9,
|
|
(got_base
|
|
+ tlsdesc_got_offset
|
|
- (plt_address + plt_offset
|
|
+ 9 + 4)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The .eh_frame unwind information for the PLT.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
const unsigned char
|
|
Output_data_plt_x86_64_nacl<size>::plt_eh_frame_fde[plt_eh_frame_fde_size] =
|
|
{
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with offset to .plt.
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, // Replaced with size of .plt.
|
|
0, // Augmentation size.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, // Advance 6 to __PLT__ + 6.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_advance_loc + 58, // Advance 58 to __PLT__ + 64.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, // DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression.
|
|
13, // Block length.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_breg7, 8, // Push %rsp + 8.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_breg16, 0, // Push %rip.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_const1u, 63, // Push 0x3f.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_and, // & (%rip & 0x3f).
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_const1u, 37, // Push 0x25.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_ge, // >= ((%rip & 0x3f) >= 0x25)
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_lit3, // Push 3.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_shl, // << (((%rip & 0x3f) >= 0x25) << 3)
|
|
elfcpp::DW_OP_plus, // + ((((%rip&0x3f)>=0x25)<<3)+%rsp+8
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop, // Align to 32 bytes.
|
|
elfcpp::DW_CFA_nop
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Return a string used to fill a code section with nops.
|
|
// For NaCl, long NOPs are only valid if they do not cross
|
|
// bundle alignment boundaries, so keep it simple with one-byte NOPs.
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
std::string
|
|
Target_x86_64_nacl<size>::do_code_fill(section_size_type length) const
|
|
{
|
|
return std::string(length, static_cast<char>(0x90));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The selector for x86_64-nacl object files.
|
|
|
|
template<int size>
|
|
class Target_selector_x86_64_nacl
|
|
: public Target_selector_nacl<Target_selector_x86_64<size>,
|
|
Target_x86_64_nacl<size> >
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
Target_selector_x86_64_nacl()
|
|
: Target_selector_nacl<Target_selector_x86_64<size>,
|
|
Target_x86_64_nacl<size> >("x86-64",
|
|
size == 64
|
|
? "elf64-x86-64-nacl"
|
|
: "elf32-x86-64-nacl",
|
|
size == 64
|
|
? "elf_x86_64_nacl"
|
|
: "elf32_x86_64_nacl")
|
|
{ }
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
Target_selector_x86_64_nacl<64> target_selector_x86_64;
|
|
Target_selector_x86_64_nacl<32> target_selector_x32;
|
|
|
|
} // End anonymous namespace.
|